You are on page 1of 162

COMITROL® PROCESSOR

Instruction
Manual MODEL 1500
SAFETY

GENERAL
INFORMATION

INSTALLATION

OPERATION

MAINTENANCE

PARTS

LABORATORIES INCORPORATED
COMITROL PROCESSOR MODEL 1500
Instruction Manual
1908 MAY 04
(supersedes 1483 JAN 93)

Urschel Laboratories, Inc.


2503 Calumet Ave., P.O. Box 2200
Valparaiso, Indiana 46384-2200 U.S.A.
219/464-4811 fax: 219/462-3879
e-mail: info@urschel.com
web site: http://www.urschel.com

With subsidiaries and sales offices in principal cities worldwide.

This instruction manual contains the most current information available at the time of publication. Urschel
Laboratories reserves the right to make changes at any time without notice. This manual represents the machine
as it is currently manufactured at the time of publication. If your machine contains parts not shown, or if there
are any questions regarding the safe operation of this machine, contact Urschel Laboratories.

COPYRIGHT© 2004 Urschel Laboratories, Inc., Valparaiso, Indiana. All rights reserved. No part of this manual
may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopy-
ing and recording, for any purpose without the express written permission of Urschel Laboratories, Inc.

® Urschel, Comitrol and Urschalloy are registered trademarks of Urschel Laboratories, Inc.
® DTE is a registered trademark of Mobil Oil Corporation.
™ Ultra-Performance Clear FDA is a pending trademark of Royal Purple, Inc.
® Tri-Clamp is a registered trademark of Ladish Co.
® Nylok is a registered trademark of Nylok Fastener Corp.
® Viton is a registered trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers L.L.C.

1
FOREWORD
This manual must be read by or to each person before that person operates, cleans,
repairs, adjusts, installs, supervises the operation of, or uses this machine in any way.

You must learn and follow all the safety rules and operating principles set forth in this
manual. This means:

1. Follow all warnings, cautions, and other safety messages in this manual and on the
machine. Recognize the safety alert symbol  , which indicates a potential personal
safety hazard.

2. Never work beyond defined safety skills.

3. Insist on thorough and proper safety training.

4. Notify your supervisor of any machine condition which may create a hazard in its
operation.

5. Notify Urschel Laboratories immediately of any accidents that have occurred on this
machine.

If there are any questions regarding the safe operation of this machine, contact Urschel
Laboratories.

2
contents

FOREWORD .............................2

SAFETY and Safety Warning  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7


RULES FOR SAFE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SAFETY SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
PROTECTIVE DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SAFETY SWITCH SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Safety Switch System, Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safety Switch System Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Specifications, Product Limitations, Noise Emission . . . . . . 20
Applications, Operating Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
MICROCUT HEADS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Operating Principle, Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Sizes of Cut, Impellers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
FEED ASSEMBLIES, SPEED CONTROL AND
OPERATING SPEEDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Feed Assemblies, Speed Control, Operating Speeds . . . . . 24

INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
SHIPMENT, PRE-INSTALLATION, LOCATION, LIFTING . . . 26
Machine Shipment, Pre-installation Plan, Location,
Lifting the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ELECTRICAL POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Electrical Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
OIL AND AIR SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Oil and Air Supply, Oil Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
AIR SUPPLY, PRODUCT FEED AND DISCHARGE
SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Air Supply, Product Feed and Discharge Systems . . . . . . . 29

(continued)

3
contents
OPERATION and Safety Warning  . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
START-UP, STOPPING AND FEEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Start-up Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Stopping Procedure, Feeding Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
MACHINE OVERLOAD OR JAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Motor Overload, Correcting Machine Overload or Jam . . . . 34

MAINTENANCE and Safety Warning  . . . . . . . . . 35


COVERS AND GUARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Opening or Removing, Inspection, Installation . . . . . . . . . 36
CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Importance of Daily Cleaning, Cleaning Agents,
Daily Cleaning Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
CLEANING AND SAFETY SIGNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Safety Signs, Inspection, Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Recommended Lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Motor Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
OIL MIST LUBRICATOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Lubricator Settings, Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Reassembly, Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
FEED ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Spindle Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Inspection, Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

(continued)

4
contents
MICROCUT HEAD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Identifying Microcut Heads, Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
MICROCUT BLADES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
DRIVE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Disassembly, Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Reassembly, Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

PARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
VIDEO TAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ORDERING INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Ordering Parts, Returning Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
FRAME ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
OIL MIST LUBRICATOR ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
LUBRICATOR PLUMBING ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
FEED ASSEMBLY, .500 Microcut (62270) . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
FEED ASSEMBLY, .500 Microcut, w/seal (62893) . . . . . . . 90
FEED ASSEMBLY, .650 Microcut, w/seal (63228) . . . . . . . 92
FEED ASSEMBLY, .650 Microcut (63433) . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
FEED ASSEMBLY, .650 Microcut (63434) . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
FEED ASSEMBLY, .650 Microcut, w/seal (63435) . . . . . . . 98
FEED ASSEMBLY, .650 Microcut, (63699) . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FEED ASSEMBLY, .650 Microcut, w/seal (63700) . . . . . . 102
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY, Oil Mist Lubricated . . . . . . . . . . 104
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY, Grease Lubricated . . . . . . . . . . . 106
MICROCUT HEAD ASSEMBLY w/Tungsten Carbide Blades 108
MICROCUT HEAD ASSEMBLY, 316L STAINLESS STEEL . . 110
MICROCUT HEAD ASSEMBLIES w/Zirconia Blades . . . . 110
REVERSE BLADE HOLDING RINGS AND BACKING
RINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

(continued)

5
contents

PARTS (continued)
MOTOR AND DRIVE PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
MOTOR BRAKE, (Stearns 87000 Rev B) . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
MOTOR BRAKE, 50 lbs/ft (Stearns 87000) . . . . . . . . . . 116
MOTOR BRAKE, 25 lbs/ft (Stearns 87000) . . . . . . . . . . 118
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY (NEMA components). . . . . . . 120
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY (NEMA components, prior to
currently available assemblies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY (CE compliant) . . . . . . . . . . . 128
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY (CE compliant, prior to
currently available assemblies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY (Switches) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
WIRING DIAGRAM 64069 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
HEATER ELEMENTS, CT WINDINGS, MCP SETTINGS . . 139
WIRING DIAGRAM 64071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
HEATER ELEMENTS, CT WINDINGS, MCP SETTINGS . . 141
WIRING DIAGRAM 63759 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
WIRING DIAGRAM 63760 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
WIRING DIAGRAM 64070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
WIRING DIAGRAM 64072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
WIRING DIAGRAM 64073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
WIRING DIAGRAM 64074 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
WIRING DIAGRAMS 63858, 63861 & 63864 . . . . . . . . . . 148
WIRING DIAGRAMS 63851, 63852 & 63853 . . . . . . . . . . 149
WIRING DIAGRAMS 63832, 63838 & 63839 . . . . . . . . . . 150
WIRING DIAGRAMS 63846, 63848 & 63850 . . . . . . . . . . 151
SAFETY SIGNS AND MACHINE LABELS . . . . . . . . . . . 152
OPTIONAL PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
OPTIONAL PARTS, FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
DIMENSIONAL DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

6
SAFETY

 WARNING: Any person who operates,


cleans, repairs, adjusts, installs or super-
vises the operation of or uses this
machine in any way must know and follow
all safety rules and operating principles
set forth in this manual!

7
This page intentionally left blank.

8
SAFETY
Rules for Safe Operation


READ AND PRACTICE SAFETY RULES IN THIS MANUAL:

1. DANGER! This machine contains sharp knives and rotating parts. Never
operate this machine if any cover, guard or safety device has been opened,
removed, or modified; doing so can result in serious injury or amputation.

2. When covers or guards are opened or removed, sharp edges and pinch
points are exposed. Use extreme caution to avoid touching or striking these
areas with your hands or body.

3. Always disconnect and lock out the power source, push the “I” (START)
button and verify machine does not start before doing any work on this
machine.

4. DANGER! Never put your hand or any foreign object into the feed opening
or discharge area. Serious personal injury and/or damage to the machine
may result.

5. NEVER attempt to assist the feeding or discharging of product with your


hands.

6. Only qualified trained personnel should attempt to clean, adjust, operate,


repair or maintain the machine. Proper cleaning and maintenance proce-
dures are found in the maintenance section of this manual.

7. This machine contains protective covers and guards equipped with safety
switches. If the machine operates with any of these protective covers or
guards opened, removed or modified, this machine is not safe to operate.
Call a qualified electrician immediately to locate and repair the fault. Prior to
operating the machine, the safety switches must be checked by qualified
trained personnel. Complete information on checking safety switches is
found in the safety section of this manual.

8. Should the machine become overloaded or jammed, DO NOT attempt to


correct the problem with the power source on. Disconnect and lock out
the power source. Detailed instructions for correcting product jamming are
found in the operation section of this manual and should be read and under-
stood by all maintenance, service, or operation personnel.

9. The sound pressure level produced by this machine is likely to exceed 85 dB(A).
Use adequate hearing protection.

9
SAFETY
Safety Signs

Safety signs and other protective devices are placed on Urschel ® machines to help you

 avoid personal injury. They are there for your protection. If your machine does not
have these signs and protective devices, you must not operate the machine. Notify your
supervisor and contact Urschel Laboratories, Inc. For the part numbers, languages and
locations of safety signs, see “Safety Signs and Machine Labels” in the parts section of
this manual.

 A caution label (Figure 1) is provided


CAUTION
MACHINE CONTAINS ROTATING PARTS SUCH AS SHARP KNIVES, PULLEYS, BELTS OR GEARS.
to remind you of safety rules which
must be followed to avoid personal
NEVER RUN MACHINE WITH ANY GUARD OR COVER REMOVED, EVEN FOR CLEANING.
TURN THE MACHINE OFF, DISCONNECT AND LOCK OUT POWER SOURCE BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO SERVICE OR REMOVE OBSTRUCTION.
RUNNING MACHINE WITH ANY GUARD OR COVER REMOVED MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY
injury.
OR AMPUTATION.
READ AND UNDERSTAND INSTRUCTION MANUAL.

PRECAUCION
LA MAQUINA CONTIENE PIEZAS GIRATORIAS TALES COMO CUCHILLAS AFILADAS, POLEAS,
CORREAS O ENGRANAJES.
NUNCA HACER FUNCIONAR LA MAQUINA CON CUALQUIERA DE LOS PROTECTORES O
CUBIERTAS RETIRADOS, INCLUSO PARA LIMPIARLA.
APAGAR LA MAQUINA, DESCONECTAR Y BLOQUEAR EL SUMINISTRO ELECTRICO ANTES DE
INTENTAR HACER UNA REPARACION O QUITAR UNA OBSTRUCCION.
SE CORRE EL RIESGO DE SUFRIR GRAVES LESIONES O AMPUTACION SI SE HACE FUNCIONAR
LA MAQUINA CON CUALQUIERA DE LOS PROTECTORES O CUBIERTAS FUERA DE SU LUGAR.
LEER Y ENTENDER EL MANUAL DE INSTRUCCIONES.
11666

Figure 1 — Caution Label

 Danger labels (Figure 2) are placed at


or near the feed opening to warn you
DANGER and anyone near the machine that this
opening is an access to sharp rotating
DO NOT PUT HANDS INTO FEED OPENING.

parts and pinch points which can cause


PELIGRO
NO PONER LA MANO DENTRO DE LA
serious injury. Never insert your hand, a
11662 ABERTURA DE ALIMENTACION. tool, or any foreign object into the feed
Figure 2 — Danger Label, Feed Opening opening.

 Danger labels (Figure 3) are placed on


or near the discharge chute to warn you
and anyone near the machine that this
DANGER
DO NOT PUT HANDS INTO OR UNDER opening is an access to sharp rotating
DISCHARGE CHUTE.
parts and pinch points which can cause
PELIGRO serious injury. Never insert your hand, a
11663
NO PONER LA MANO DENTRO O BAJO
EL CONDUCTO DE DESCARGA. tool, or any foreign object into the dis-
Figure 3 — Danger Label, Discharge Chute charge chute.

10
SAFETY
Safety Signs

 Danger labels (Figure 4) are visible


DANGER when a protective cover or guard has
MACHINE IS UNGUARDED. been opened or removed. This label
REPLACE GUARD OR COVER.
warns you that the machine is
PELIGRO unguarded and must not be restarted
LA MAQUINA ESTA SIN PROTECCION. until all covers and guards are
VOLVER A COLOCAR EL PROTECTOR
11665 O CUBIERTA. replaced.
Figure 4 — Danger Label, Removed Guard

 A danger label and a hazard alert


label (Figure 5) are placed on the
starter enclosure to warn you that this
DANGER is a source of electrical hazard. The
MUST BE OPENED AND SERVICED BY
QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN ONLY. INSTALL
TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES.
enclosure must be opened and serviced
PELIGRO by a qualified electrician only and the
DEBE SER ABIERTO Y REPARADO POR UN
ELECTRICISTA CALIFICADO SOLAMENTE.
installation must meet applicable codes.
11667
INSTALAR DE ACUERDO A LOS CODIGOS
CORRESPONDIENTES. The number on the hazard alert label
indicates the voltage requirements of
Figure 5 — Danger and Hazard Alert Labels
the machine.

11
SAFETY
Protective Devices

 Safety switches (Figure 6) are pro-


vided to prevent operation of the
machine when certain protective
covers or guards have been opened
or removed. These switches must be
checked before operating the machine
and repaired or replaced if they do not
work properly. Never rely solely on
these safety switches. Always push the
“O” (STOP) button then disconnect
and lock out the power source. When
machine has come to a complete stop,
push the “I” (START) button to verify
Figure 6 — Safety Switch that the machine will not start before
removing any part from the machine.

 Power disconnect/lockout switch


(Figure 7), located on the starter enclo-
sure, is intended to eliminate the
danger of accidental start-up when
locked in the “O” (OFF) position.

Figure 7 — Power Disconnect/Lockout Switch

12
SAFETY
Protective Devices

 A brake motor (Figure 8) is provided to


reduce “coasting” stops of potentially
dangerous parts of the machine.

 Covers and guards enclose potentially


dangerous machine areas. These covers
and guards are of utmost importance to
safe machine operation. Never attempt
to operate the machine with a cover
or guard opened, removed, or modi-
fied. Serious personal injury may
occur!

Figure 8 — Brake Motor

Covers and guards, safety signs, safety


switches, and brake motors are standard
equipment on newly manufactured
machines and are available for placement
on older machines that may not have had
them at the time of original manufacture.
Contact Urschel Laboratories for complete
information.

13
SAFETY
Safety Switch System

SAFETY SWITCH SYSTEM


3 1
The safety switch system has an ampli-
fier which utilizes prewired safety switches
on certain covers and guards to prevent
the machine from operating when these
covers or guards are opened or removed.

 WARNING: A qualified trained


2
person must check the safety switch
system for proper function before oper-
ating the machine. There is a problem
with the safety switch system if the
machine can be started while any cover Figure 9 — Safety switch. (1) Sensor, (2) Actuator
or guard that is equipped with a safety (3) Alignment Bracket
switch is opened or removed. Do not
operate the machine in this condition.
Serious injury such as amputation
could result!

SAFETY SWITCH

The safety switch (Figure 9) consists of


two parts, the sensor and the actuator.
The sensor is attached to certain fixed
components on the machine and sends a
signal to the amplifier. The actuator is
attached to certain covers and guards and
must be aligned and within 1/16" (1.6 mm)
of the sensor.

14
SAFETY
Safety Switch System

AMPLIFIER

The amplifier, viewed through the starter


enclosure window, is an electronic device
that processes the sensor signal (Figure
10). Based on the sensor signal, the
amplifier will either allow or not allow the
machine to start. The amplifier’s LEDs 1 2
help identify possible problems with the
safety switches.
Function of the amplifier’s LEDs is as 3
follows: when the green “relay condition”
LEDs are illuminated, the guards and
covers equipped with switches are in
place and properly aligned. When one or 4
both of the red “relay condition” LEDs are
illuminated, a safety switch circuit is open.
When the red “switch output” LEDs are
illuminated, they indicate which correspon-
ding safety switch is open. Figure 10 — Amplifier. (1) Green “Relay Condition”
LEDs, (2) Red “Relay Condition” LEDs, (3) Red
When the red “attention” LED is flash-
“Attention” LED, (4) Red “Switch Output” LEDs
ing, the amplifier has gone into a reset
condition. With all sensors and actuators
properly aligned, the power to the machine
must be turned off and then on again to
reset the amplifier. If the amplifier will not
reset, call a qualified electrician to locate
and repair the fault (see “Amplifier”, page 70).

15
SAFETY
Safety Switch System

SAFETY SWITCH SYSTEM TEST the red “switch output” LEDs corre-
sponding to the switch on the removed
 WARNING: A qualified trained or opened cover or guard should be lit
person must check the safety switch on the amplifier. If LEDs are lit cor-
system for proper function before oper- rectly, push the “I” (START) button. The
ating the machine. There is a problem safety switch circuit has been inter-
in the safety switch circuit if the LEDs rupted and machine should NOT start.
are not lit as indicated or, if having If the machine does start, that safety
opened or removed a cover or guard circuit has failed. Push the “O” (STOP)
equipped with a switch, the machine button, then disconnect and lock out
can be started. DO NOT operate the power source. Call a qualified electri-
machine in this condition! Operating cian to locate and repair the fault
the machine in this condition could immediately.
result in serious injury such as amputa-
tion! Call a qualified electrician to 3. Turn the power disconnect/lockout
locate and repair the fault. See “Electri- switch to “O” (OFF) and replace or
cal Assembly”, page 68. close the cover or guard.

1. With all covers and guards in place, 4. Individually remove or open each
turn on air supply to the oil mist lubrica- additional cover or guard equipped
tor and turn the power/disconnect with switch and repeat steps 2 and 3.
lockout switch to “I” (ON). Only the Make sure all covers and guards are
green “relay condition” LEDs on the securely in place, closed and fastened
amplifier should be lit (Figure 11, page after safety switch system has been
17). Push the “I” (START) button. tested.
Machine should start. (See “Trou-
bleshooting”, page 72 if machine does 5. Check pressure switch in oil mist
not start.) Push the “O” (STOP) button lubricator. Turn off air supply on lubri-
and turn power disconnect/lockout cator. Turn the power disconnect/lockout
switch to “O” (OFF). Visually verify switch to “I” (ON) and push the “I”
machine has come to a complete stop. (START) button. The machine should
NOT start. Only the red “relay condi-
 WARNING: Be careful to avoid tion” LEDs corresponding to the air
contact with cutting parts and sharp supply, the red “switch output” LEDs
edges exposed during the safety switch and the light corresponding to the pres-
system test. Contact with cutting parts sure switch in the lubricator should be lit
and sharp edges could result in serious on the amplifier. A function check for oil
injury such as amputation. supply necessitates draining oil from
lubricator and is therefore omitted.
2. Remove or open one cover or guard
equipped with switch. Turn power 6. Push “O” (STOP) button then discon-
disconnect/lockout switch to “I” (ON). nect and lock out power source.
Only the red “relay condition” LEDs and

16
SAFETY
Safety Switch System

L1 L2 R1 R2

117 V

OIL LEVEL AND


PRESSURE SWITCH
RELAY
CONDITION
FOR THE OIL MIST
5 LUBRICATOR
C O
6
L P
O E
S N
E
D

LOGIC AMPLIFIER
FYQLA1-140R-3
7
1 2 3 4 5 6

8
RW B O RW B O RW B O RW B O RW B O RW B O

11

10
SWITCH NO.3
3 (GREASE SPINDLE
MACHINES ONLY)
9

Figure 11 — Amplifier and safety switches with corresponding covers and guards. (1) Belt Guard, (2) Feed
Adapter, (3) Rear Cover (grease spindle machines only), (4) Amplifier, (5) Green “Relay Condition” LEDs,
(6) Red “Relay Condition” LEDs, (7) Red “Attention” LED, (8) Red “Switch Output” LEDs, (9) Sensor,
(10) Actuator, (11) Oil Level and Pressure Switch (Oil Mist Lubricator).

17
This page intentionally left blank.

18
GENERAL INFORMATION

19
GENERAL INFORMATION
Specifications

SPECIFICATIONS PRODUCT LIMITATIONS

The Model 1500 comes equipped with MAXIMUM INPUT PRODUCT SIZE, in
STAINLESS STEEL and TUNGSTEN general, should not exceed 3/8" (9.5 mm) to
CARBIDE product contact parts. a slurry for microcut heads depending on
impeller and microcut head used. Reduce
 WARNING: Do not modify this input product size if necessary.
machine! Any modification or omission THICK, VISCOUS MATERIALS are
of parts could compromise the safety retained in the cutting enclosure and restrict
and sanitation of this machine! discharge, resulting in reduced machine
capacity and increased heating of product.
Length: . . . . . . . . . . . 50.54" (1284 mm) This machine is suitable only for products
Width: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33.19" (843 mm) which flow easily.
Height (15 H.P. motor): . . . 64.38" (1634 mm) PRODUCTS WHICH ARE EXPLOSIVE
Height (30 H.P. motor): . . . 67.48" (1714 mm) or create a potentially explosive atmos-
Height (40 H.P. motor): . . . 71.20" (1809 mm) phere should not be processed by this
NOTE: Height dimensions are for refer- machine. A potentially explosive atmos-
ence only. Motor dimensions may vary by phere could be created if processing your
manufacturer. product creates fumes or dust in sufficient
(See “Dimensional Drawing”, page 152.) concentrations.

Net Weight:. . . . . . . . . . 1075 lbs. (488 kg)


Gross Weight Crated:. . . . 1300 lbs. (590 kg) NOISE EMISSION
Gross Weight Export Box: . 1475 lbs. (669 kg)
 WARNING: The sound pressure
Motor: 15 H.P. (11.2 kW), 30 H.P. (22.4 level produced by this machine is likely
kW), or 40 H.P. (29.8 kW), totally enclosed, to exceed 85 dB(A). Use adequate
fan-cooled with brake. See motor specifica- hearing protection.
tions plate and motor manufacturer’s
instructions for more information. See
pages 114–119 for motor brake information.

20
GENERAL INFORMATION
Applications and Operating Principle

APPLICATIONS OPERATING PRINCIPLE

The Model 1500 is recommended for refin- Product is guided to the center of a high
ing or finishing free-flowing liquid products speed, rotating impeller (Figure 12). Cen-
having high moisture content in relation to trifugal force moves product outward to the
insoluble solids. The Model 1500 is equipped impeller tips, which carry the product past
with a microcut head and impeller to produce the cutting edges of the stationary microcut
a variety of products such as fruit nectars, head. See the following pages for more
tomato catsup, barbecue sauce, vegetable specific information on the microcut head.
purees and beverage concentrates.
Combining its precision cutting principle with
a variety of feed assemblies and reduction 3
heads, the Model 1500 provides maximum
versatility in size reduction.

Figure 12 — Cutaway view of feed and cutting assem-


blies. (1) Impeller, (2) Reduction Head, (3) Product
(see page 24 for impeller RPM speed)

21
GENERAL INFORMATION
Microcut Heads

OPERATING PRINCIPLE 1 2

Product strikes the exposed cutting


edges of the microcut blades with great
velocity (Figure 13). This action results in
the removal of small particles until reduc-
tion is completed. Particles are discharged
through the spaces between the blades.
Because of high impeller speeds, product 3
remains in the microcut head only a fraction
of a second. The product is reduced in Figure 13 — Microcut head operation. (1) Blades,
precise increments, emerging a uniform (2) Product, (3) Impeller
size.
2
1
DESCRIPTION

The microcut head is a ring of closely


spaced blades held in place by specialized
sets of rings (Figure 14). Microcut heads
are identified by the Urschel 5-digit part
number and a corresponding description
number. The description number indicates
the quantity and thickness of blades, and
the blade angle, if any, in the microcut Figure 14 — Microcut Head. (1) Blades, (2) Upper
head. See page 60 for more detailed infor- and Lower Blade Holding Rings
mation.

Microcut Blades are available in two 2 3


sizes and with several options: 1
Tungsten carbide microcut blades are
available in two thicknesses: .156" and
.084" (Figure 15). The .156" thick blades
are used on microcut heads using 100 or
less blades. The .084" thick blades are
4 5
used on all other heads.
Hard carbide microcut blades are
available in .084" thickness. These blades
Figure 15— Microcut Blades (1) .156" Carbide,
are harder than the standard carbide
(2) .084" Carbide, (3) Hard Carbide, (4) Relieved,
blades and are used in high-wear applica- (5) Zirconia
tions. Increased hardness causes the
blades to be more brittle, so that these
blades should only be used in applications
where there is no chance of foreign mate- (“Microcut Heads”, continued on page 23)
rial contamination in the product. Consult
the factory for additional guidelines on the
use of these blades.

22
GENERAL INFORMATION
Microcut Heads

(“Microcut Heads”, continued from page 22)

Relieved carbide microcut blades are


2
available in .084" thickness. These blades
are relieved on the surface where the
product exits the microcut head (Figure 15,
page 22). Relieved blades are typically 1 3
used in microcut heads with the closest
blade spacing, where the use of standard
blades may not allow product to be easily
discharged from the head. Relieved blades Figure 16 — Impellers. (1) Liquid Products, (2) Uni-
cut, (3) Veri-cut
may also serve to reduce heat buildup in
the head and to reduce the motor amper-
age required. Consult the factory for addi-
tional guidelines on the use of these IMPELLERS
blades.
Zirconia ceramic microcut blades are Several different impellers are available
available in .084" width. This material is for use with microcut heads (Figure 16).
more acid and wear resistant, but is also The Uni-cut impeller may be used for
more brittle and will break more easily than dry products or for liquids or pastes that
tungsten carbide if subjected to shock or contain solids to be cut and uniformly
the impact of foreign objects in the product. mixed with liquid or paste. This impeller
Broken zirconia blades will not show up on produces the most uniform particle size.
metal detection devices. The Veri-cut impeller is used to finish
peanut butter and to process fruit puree,
orange products, candy rework and similar
SIZES OF CUT products.
The Liquid Products impeller will process
Microcut heads will produce the smallest a variety of tomato product, fruit concentrate,
particle size. Size of cut is determined by chocolate coatings and similar products.
the number, spacing and angle of blades in
the microcut head and the speed and type
of impeller. Several types of impellers and a
wide range of microcut heads enable the
Model 1500 to produce a variety of particle
sizes. The depth of cut listed in the chart on
page 109 will give a general indication of
the particle sizes that can be produced.
Other factors such as hardness of the
product will affect size of cut. Consult
Urschel Laboratories for the microcut head,
impeller and impeller speed combination
best suited to a particular application. See
pages 109–110 for a complete list of micro-
cut heads. Impellers are listed with feed
assemblies on pages 88–103.

23
GENERAL INFORMATION
Feed Assemblies, Speed Control and Operating Speeds

FEED ASSEMBLIES OPERATING SPEEDS

Feed assemblies consist of the impeller For optimum cutting results, different
and the parts necessary to direct and products may require a change in impeller
contain product to the cutting area. The speed. Typical applications for an impeller
feed assembly used will be determined by speed of 9390 RPM (9000 at 50 hertz)
the nature and size of the product to be cut. include: baby food, fruit fiber reduction
Specific parts that are compatible with the (juice), tomato products, hot sauce and
reduction head and impeller are required slurry based pharmaceutical products.
for each feed assembly. Consequently, Microcut heads can be operated at slower
some parts are not interchangeable speeds depending on the product being
between different feed assemblies. See cut, the microcut head used, and the char-
pages 88–103 for the feed assemblies acteristics required for the finished product.
available on the Model 1500.
NOTE: Do not operate grease lubri-
cated spindles at speeds greater than 7200
SPEED CONTROL RPM.

The speed of the impeller is determined by


the motor pulley, spindle pulley and timing
belt used. Refer to page 66 for maintenance
instructions and to the drive chart on page
113 for the parts needed to operate at the
required speed.

24
INSTALLATION

25
INSTALLATION
Shipment, Pre-installation, Location, Lifting

MACHINE SHIPMENT

Every Urschel machine is fully inspected


and test-run before it is shipped. The Model
1500 is completely assembled and can be
operating shortly after arrival. Spare parts
and required tools are packed in a separate
box and shipped in the crate with the
machine.

PRE-INSTALLATION PLAN

Before installation, prepare a plan to make


the use of this machine safe and efficient.
This plan should consider location, electrical
power source and method of feeding and col-
lecting product. Installation should comply Figure 17 — Always use frame to lift or move
with all applicable safety codes and regula- machine. (1) Lifting Forks
tions.

LIFTING THE MACHINE


LOCATION
 WARNING: Secure machine frame
Choose a location that provides to lifting forks with a chain or strap to
machine stability, ample space, and a prevent tipping. If the machine tips and
clear path on all sides of the machine so falls from lifting forks, bodily injury from
that operators can move safely and easily crushing and damage to the machine
in a clean, dry work area. Provide easy may result.
access to the controls on the starter enclo-
sure and also allow room for cleaning and  CAUTION: Always use the frame to
maintenance. The location should provide lift or move the machine, never the
level footing, adequate lighting and venti- starter enclosure, motor, covers or
lation and provisions for excessive noise guards. Do not crush electrical cords
levels. Never locate machine in an area beneath the frame when lifting machine!
with a potentially explosive atmosphere. A
potentially explosive atmosphere could be Both sides of machine frame should rest
created if processing your product creates on lifting forks (Figure 17).
fumes or dust in sufficient concentrations.
Urschel Laboratories recommends that
this machine be installed at floor level. If ele-
vating the machine is unavoidable, all oper-
ation, cleaning, maintenance and safety fea-
tures of a floor level installation must be
maintained.

26
INSTALLATION
Electrical Power

ELECTRICAL POWER 3 2

The electrical installation must be per-


formed by a qualified electrician in accor- 1
dance with all applicable electrical codes.
Refer to Figure 18 and proceed as follows:

1. Connect the outside power source to


the terminals on top of the disconnect in
the starter enclosure. The hazard alert
label on the front of the starter enclosure
specifies proper voltage for this machine.

NOTE: If voltage is not at least 95%


of specified voltage, the motor may
become overloaded during operation. 3 2

To maintain the watertight feature of


the starter enclosure, use “liquid tight” or 1
rigid conduit and appropriate fittings at
the power source entry point on the side
of the starter enclosure.

NOTE: Additional holes added to the


starter enclosure may lessen the water-
tight features of the enclosure and lead
to electrical failures. Electrical components
that have failed due to water or chemical
contamination will not be covered under Figure 18 — Interior of the starter enclosure
the warranty. (NEMA* configuration, top, and CE compliant con-
figuration, bottom). Connect outside power source
2. Connect grounding conductor (green to the terminals on the top of the circuit breaker;
or green and yellow striped wire) to the connect grounding conductor to the earth termina-
tion point. (1) Circuit Breaker, (2) Power Source
earth termination point located on the Entry Point, (3) Earth Termination Point
back panel inside the starter enclosure.

 WARNING: This machine can be 3. Connect the wiring so that the impeller
electrified with voltages dangerous to turns clockwise when viewed through the
life if not properly grounded! Always feed opening.
maintain an earth ground to the earth
termination point on this machine. 4. Securely tighten screws on the starter
enclosure door when finished with instal-
lation.
*National Electrical Manufacturers Association

27
INSTALLATION
Oil and Air Supply

OIL AND AIR SUPPLY checked in the lubricator sight dome and
should be maintained at 40 drops per minute.
Machines using an oil mist lubricated spin- To refill reservoir, see “Lubrication”, page
dle are equipped with an oil mist lubricator 40. To readjust flow rate, see “Adjustments”,
assembly located under a cover at the rear of page 45.
the machine. This assembly mixes oil with air A low oil level switch is located in the lubri-
to create a pressurized oil mist which lubri- cator reservoir. If the oil level reaches a dan-
cates the spindle bearings and prevents gerously low level, this switch will shut off the
moisture condensation within the spindle impeller motor.
housing. The assembly requires a properly
maintained oil level and air supply. NOTE: If the machine will be operating in
room temperature higher than 90°F (32.2°C.)
OIL SUPPLY or lower than 60°F. (15.6°C.), the viscosity of
the oil will change, making it necessary to
Make sure oil level is visible in the oil level readjust the oil flow rate. Maintain 40 drops
sight gauge (Figure 19). The reservoir is filled per minute. See “Adjustments”, page 45.
and flow rate is adjusted at Urschel
Laboratories before shipping. Flow rate is

Figure 19 — Oil mist lubricator assembly. (1) Air Pressure Adjustment Knob, (2) Air Shut-off Valve, (3) Air Inlet,
(4) Coalescing Filter, (5) Pressure Gauge, (6) Oil Mist Lubricator, (7) Oil Level Sight Gauge

28
INSTALLATION
Air Supply, Product Feed and Discharge Systems

AIR SUPPLY PRODUCT FEED AND DISCHARGE


SYSTEMS
Proper spindle lubrication requires a
dependable supply of clean, dry air to the This machine can be connected to a prod-
lubricator assembly. The air supply should uct feed and/or discharge system by way of
be 150 p.s.i. (10.34 bar) maximum and threaded sanitary fittings or Tri-Clamp® fit-
capable of supplying at least 68 c.f.h. (1.84 tings. An alternate feed adapter replaces the
m3/h). Connect the air supply to the air inlet funnel hopper and/or a discharge hopper fas-
(Figure 19, page 28). A flexible hose should tens to the cutting enclosure (see pages
be used to prevent damage due to vibra- 88–103). Flexible hose should be used
tion. between the feed/discharge system and the
The air shut-off valve is provided to shut machine to prevent the transfer of vibration.
down the lubricator when the machine is
not used for extended periods of time or  CAUTION: If a closed feed/discharge
during maintenance. It is recommended, system is used, it must be monitored
however, that the lubricator remain in oper- carefully. Any build-up of product or
ation during normal downtime and weekend pressure in the cutting enclosure could
shutdown periods. Oil consumption is slight result in serious damage to the spindle
and the presence of pressurized oil mist and reduction head.
prevents moisture condensation within the
spindle housing.
A coalescing filter is provided to remove
impurities from the air supply. The plastic
line attached to the bottom of the bowl
carries any moisture from the machine;
place a container at the end of this line to
catch moisture if desired. A small amount of
air will normally be discharged from this
tube.
A pressure gauge is attached to the
outlet side of the pressure regulator.
Normal setting for the pressure gauge is 15
p.s.i. (1.04 bar) and is controlled by the air
pressure adjustment knob. To adjust air
pressure, see “Adjustments”, page 45.
A pressure switch is installed in the oil
mist supply line. This pressure switch is
factory set at 5 p.s.i. (.34 bar) and will auto-
matically shut off the impeller motor when
mist pressure drops below this point.

NOTE: All adjustments on the oil mist


lubricator assembly are correctly set at
Urschel Laboratories before the unit is
shipped. To maintain and/or readjust lubri-
cator assembly, see page 45.

29
This page intentionally left blank.

30
OPERATION

 WARNING: This machine contains


sharp knives and rotating parts. Only
qualified trained personnel should
operate this machine. Before opening
or removing any cover or guard always
turn the power disconnect/lockout
switch to “O” (OFF) and lock out power
source. After machine has come to a
complete stop, press the “I” (START)
button to verify machine will not start.
Follow all safety rules and instructions
outlined in this manual, or serious
injury such as amputation could result!

31
OPERATION
Start-up, Stopping and Feeding

START-UP PROCEDURE  DANGER: KEEP HANDS AWAY


FROM FEED OPENING
 CAUTION: Processing food prod-
ucts can create hazardous floor condi-
tions. Provisions must be made to help
prevent the operator from slipping
while moving around the machine.

1. All operators must have a thorough


understanding of the safe operation
of this machine (Figure 20). See “Fore-
word” on page 2 and “Safety” starting
on page 7.

2. The safety switch system must be


tested and in working order. All covers
and guards must be securely in place.
See “Safety Switch System Test”, page
16.

 WARNING: A qualified trained


person must check the safety switch
system for proper function before oper-
ating the machine. There is a problem
with the safety switch system if the  DANGER: KEEP HANDS AWAY
machine can be started while any cover FROM DISCHARGE OPENING
or guard that is equipped with a safety
switch is opened or removed. Do not Figure 20 — Read and obey all danger and warning
operate the machine in this condition. instructions and symbols in this manual and on the
Serious injury such as amputation machine.
could result! 5. Unlock power disconnect/lockout
switch.
3. Make sure all foreign objects and
product have been removed from the 6. Turn the power disconnect/lockout
feed area. switch to “I” (ON). Only the green
“relay condition” LEDs on the amplifier
4. Turn on air supply. Gauge should regis- should be lit.
ter 15 p.s.i. (1.04 bar). Check oil flow (40
drops per minute). 7. Press “I” (START) button.

NOTE: When starting-up a machine 8. Let machine reach full operating


that has been totally shut down for 24 hours speed before feeding product.
or more, allow only the lubricator to run at
least one-half hour before starting machine. 9. If machine fails to start, see “Trouble-
shooting”, page 72.

32
OPERATION
Start-up, Stopping and Feeding

STOPPING PROCEDURE A meter calibrated to show percent of full


motor load is wired into the electrical system.
 WARNING: Never attempt to open The optimum feed rate may or may not be
or remove covers or guards while achieved at 100% motor load. This will vary
machine is running! Contact with with the type and size of reduction head and
exposed rotating parts may cause the product being run. Once the feed rate has
severe injury such as amputation! been established, without overloading either
motor or cutting parts, the meter should be
1. Stop feeding product. This allows used as a reference.
remaining product to be cut and dis- The rate of discharge is as important as
charged. the rate of feed. Product must not be allowed
to back-up in the cutting enclosure. Ideally,
2. Flush the feed area thoroughly with a product should be discharged into an open
generous amount of water BEFORE receiving tank.
stopping the machine. This step may be Except for an emergency, never start or
omitted when running dry product. See stop the machine when the feed area is full
pages 38–39 for complete cleaning of product. This puts a tremendous strain on
procedures. the motor, bearings and cutting parts. In
addition, product that is cut before the
3. Push the “O” (STOP) button then dis- machine has reached full operating speed
connect and lock out power source. may be of such poor quality that it must be
After machine has come to a complete discarded.
stop, push the “I” (START) button to verify
machine will not start.  DANGER: Never place hands into
feed opening. Doing so can result in
serious injury such as amputation!
FEEDING METHOD

 CAUTION: Do not allow foreign


material such as tools, hardware,
stones, wood, bottles or cans to enter
the feed area. The cutting parts will be
damaged or destroyed and the product
contaminated.

The feeding method affects the quality


and capacity of the finished product. A steady,
uniform flow of properly sized product from
a conveyor or similar feeding system yields
the best quality and greatest capacity.
Dumping large quantities of product into the
feed opening will produce undesirable cuts
and can overload the motor, clog the feed
opening or jam the cutting unit. Continuous
overfeeding or jamming will also cause pre-
mature damage and failure of machine com-
ponents.

33
OPERATION
Machine Overload or Jam

MOTOR OVERLOAD

If the motor shuts off during operation, it is


likely that it has been overloaded. After main-
tenance personnel have corrected the cause
of the overload (allowing at least five minutes
for thermal overloads to cool) machine may
be restarted by first pressing the “RESET”
button on the starter enclosure then starting
in the normal manner. If motor again shuts
off, see “Troubleshooting”, page 73.

CORRECTING MACHINE OVERLOAD OR JAM

 DANGER: Never try to remove jammed


product while the machine is running! You
may come into contact with cutting parts DANGER!
which could cause severe injury such as
amputation!

1. Push “O” (STOP) button then disconnect and lock out power source.

2. Only qualified trained personnel should proceed to step 3.

3. Visually verify that all parts are stopped.

4. Push the “I” (START) button and verify machine will not start. Open or remove
covers or guards to expose jammed area.

5. Remove the obstruction. Keep hands away from cutting parts.

6. Remove all product from the feed area and close or replace all covers and guards.

7. Machine is ready to restart and resume feeding product. If proper feeding procedures
are followed, product will flow evenly into feed areas.

 CAUTION: If product continues to jam, DO NOT operate the machine. Contact


your supervisor.

34
MAINTENANCE

 WARNING: This machine contains


sharp knives, rotating parts, and volt-
ages dangerous to life. Only qualified
trained personnel should perform main-
tenance duties on this machine. Before
opening or removing any cover or
guard always turn the power discon-
nect/lockout switch to “O” (OFF) and
lock out power source. After machine
has come to a complete stop, press the
“I” (START) button to verify machine
will not start. Follow all safety rules and
instructions outlined in this manual, or
serious injury such as amputation or
death could result!

35
MAINTENANCE
Covers and Guards

OPENING OR REMOVING
3 1
 WARNING: Before opening or
removing any cover or guard always
turn the power disconnect/ lockout
switch to “O” (OFF) and lock out power
source. After machine has come to a
complete stop, press the “I” (START)
button to verify machine will not start.
2
Do not attempt to operate this machine
if any cover or guard is opened or
removed. Operating the machine with
covers or guards opened or removed
may result in serious injury such as Figure 21 — Safety switch sensors and actuators
amputation! must be aligned and within 1/16" (1.6 mm).
(1) Sensor, (2) Actuator, (3) Alignment Bracket
Open or remove the following covers and
guards to service the various areas of the
machine (Figure 22, page 37).

Feed adapter: remove to access INSPECTION


impeller.
Inspect all covers and guards for
Cutting enclosure: remove to service damage. Bent or twisted parts will not fit on
cutting parts. the machine properly and may prevent
safety switches from lining up. Straighten
Lubricator cover: remove to service parts or replace if necessary.
oil mist lubricator assembly.

Rear cover: (machine with grease INSTALLATION


lubricated spindle) generally does not
require removal. Replace all covers and guards in their
proper locations; replace fasteners and
Belt guard: remove to access drive tighten securely. Covers and guards
belt, motor pulley and lubricator plumbing equipped with safety switches must have
lines. actuators aligned and within 1/16" (1.6 mm)
of the sensors to complete the safety
Cover plate: remove to access drive switch circuit (Figure 21).
belt, spindle pulley, adapter plate, spindle
mounting fasteners and lubricator plumbing
lines.

36
MAINTENANCE
Covers and Guards

Figure 22 — Covers and guards. (1) Feed Adapter, (2) Cutting Enclosure, (3) Cover Plate, (4) Lubricator Cover,
(5) Belt Guard, (6) Rear Cover (used with grease lubricated spindles, replaces oil mist lubricator assembly and
lubricator cover)

37
MAINTENANCE
Cleaning

IMPORTANCE OF DAILY CLEANING DAILY CLEANING PROCEDURES

Stainless steel parts will corrode if salty Only qualified trained personnel should
and acidic product juices are not removed clean the machine. Consult your company
completely. Also, product that remains in policy regarding proper cleaning/sanitizing
the cutting unit may harden making future solutions and required frequency of cleaning.
cleaning difficult and encouraging bacterial
growth. Heavy product build-up on cutting NOTE: Never use abrasives, metal
parts can reduce cutting efficiency and tools, wire brushes or sandpaper to clean
cause the loss of critical tolerances and any parts. Scrape with wooden or plastic
clearances. tools if necessary.

1. Clean outside of machine with water.


CLEANING AGENTS
NOTE: Do not direct a stream of water
The selection of cleaning agents or their at the starter enclosure or electrical con-
solution strength will depend on the appli- nections. Water entering the starter enclo-
cation or process in which the machine is sure could cause electrical failure and void
involved. Consult your cleaning materials the warranty. Never direct air, steam or
supplier for selecting and using the proper water against the spindle bearing housing.
cleaning agent to meet the sanitizing Moisture and foreign material could be
requirements for your process. Cleaning driven past seals and into bearings.
supplies should be suitable for use with
300 and 400 series stainless steel and 2. Flush the impeller area thoroughly with
should not be detrimental to the silver a generous amount of water while
braze used in fabricated impellers. machine is running. This is not neces-
Excessive solution strength and soaking sary with dry products. In cases where
time or excessive soaking time alone may product will not tolerate water, flush with
chemically harm or destroy these and compatible agent. This is not sufficient
other materials. Solutions containing chlo- to clean cutting parts, but the product is
rine or acids can also be harmful. Failure flushed away from the interior working
to completely remove these chemicals surfaces.
with an appropriate rinse will cause corro-
sion.  WARNING: Make certain that all
covers and guards are in place while
machine is running! Maintain a safe dis-
tance from machine. Do not insert hose
or cleaning tools into feed opening!

38
MAINTENANCE
Cleaning and Safety Signs

3. Stop the machine. Disconnect and INSPECTION


lock out power source. After machine
has come to a complete stop, press the Safety signs: Inspect all safety signs
“I” (START) button to verify machine will on machine for damage. Damaged, loose,
not start. Remove funnel hopper, feed illegible or missing signs must be replaced.
adapter and cutting enclosure and wash See “Safety Signs and Machine Labels”,
thoroughly (Figure 22, page 37). pages 148–149 for sign placement and part
number information.
4. Remove and disassemble all cutting
parts. See “feed assembly”, page 46. INSTALLATION
Rinse cutting parts thoroughly with
water or appropriate cleaning solution. If 1. Clean mounting surfaces. Remove all
cleaning solutions are used, rinse thor- traces of old sign material and adhe-
oughly with water. sives, oils, cleaning material and water.
Remove any nicks or burrs. For
5. Clean remaining portion of machine. machines in cold room temperature,
A forceful stream of water will remove warm the mounting surface so that the
most of the product. Use cleaning solu- label will adhere properly.
tions when necessary and rinse thor-
oughly. 2. Wipe mounting surface of machine
with isopropyl alcohol. (Consult manu-
facturer’s Material Safety Data Sheet
SAFETY SIGNS for proper handling of isopropyl
alcohol.) Remove sign backing and
 WARNING: Safety signs are placed apply label to dry, lint free mounting
on machines to help users avoid per- surface, starting at one end of label
sonal injury. If the machine does not and rolling to other end to help avoid
have these signs or if they are no air bubbles. For maximum bond
longer legible do not use the machine. strength, rub mounted label with a
Install or replace the signs immediately. clean dry cloth and apply moderate
heat (100–130°F, 38–54°C).

39
MAINTENANCE
Lubrication

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANT To refill reservoir:

The oil mist lubricator assembly, located 1. Disconnect and lock out the power
opposite the cutting enclosure, supplies source. After machine has come to a
pressurized oil mist to the spindle assem- complete stop, press the “I” (START)
bly. A sight gauge indicates oil level in the button to verify machine will not start.
reservoir (Figure 23, page 41). Check oil
level regularly and refill when necessary. 2. Shut off air supply by turning air shut-
Use a spindle oil with rust and oxidation off valve handle clockwise.
inhibitors and Saybolt viscosity of 150
seconds at 100°F (37.8°C), such as Mobil 3. Remove oil fill plug and fill reservoir
DTE® Oil Light or equivalent. One gallon with clean, filtered oil. Make sure oil
containers of filtered spindle oil are avail- level is always visible in the oil level
able from Urschel Laboratories. See sight gauge (Figure 23).
“Tools”, page 81.
Optional grease lubricated spindle NOTE: Do not overfill reservoir! Oil
assemblies are lubricated for the service mist may be prevented from reaching
life of the bearings. No additional lubrica- spindle, even though oil droplets are
tion is required. visible in sight dome. Drain oil if neces-
sary to correct.

4. Replace oil fill plug, turn on air and


check feed rate. Maintain 40 drops per
minute in sight dome. To readjust, see
“Adjustments”, page 45. Replace the lubri-
cator cover.

40
MAINTENANCE
Lubrication

1 When starting-up a machine that has


2 been totally shut down for 24 hours or
more, allow only the lubricator to run at
least one half hour before starting machine.
Also, it is recommended that the lubricator
remain in operation during normal down-
time and weekend shutdown periods. Oil
consumption is slight and the presence of
pressurized oil mist prevents moisture con-
densation within the spindle housing.
Ambient temperature may affect spindle oil
viscosity making it necessary to readjust oil
flow rate. Maintain 40 drops per minute in
sight dome.
3

MOTOR LUBRICATION

Lubricate according to instructions fur-


nished by motor manufacturer.
Figure 23 — Oil mist lubricator; maintain 40 drops per
minute in sight dome. (1) Sight Dome, (2) Oil Fill Plug
(3) Sight Gauge

41
MAINTENANCE
Oil Mist Lubricator Assembly

7 10
4 2 3
9

12

11

14 6
13
1

Figure 24 — Oil mist lubricator assembly. (1) Oil Mist Lubricator, (2) Sight Dome — Oil Mist Lubricator, (3) Oil
Feed Adjustment, (4) Air By-Pass Adjustment, (5) Oil Fill Plug, (6) Oil Level Sight Gauge, (7) Filter/Regulator,
(8) Air Pressure Gauge, (9) Coalescing Filter, (10) Sight Dome — Coalescing Filter, (11) Air Inlet, (12) Air Shut-off
Valve, (13) Oil Mist Supply To Spindle, (14) Oil Mist Pressure Switch.

OPERATION

The oil mist lubricator assembly (Figure air supply. Oil and other contaminants
24) supplies lubrication essential to the trapped by the coalescing filter are con-
operation of the spindle assembly. All com- stantly drained from the filter bowl. Mois-
ponents of the assembly must be in good ture collected by the second filter, a
condition to insure successful delivery of combination filter/regulator, automatically
lubricant to the spindle. drains when the air supply is turned on or
when a high liquid level is reached in the
The lubricator assembly contains two filter bowl. Outlet pressure is controlled by
filters to assist in removing contaminants an adjustable regulator and indicated by a
such as moisture, oil and particles from the pressure gauge.

42
MAINTENANCE
Oil Mist Lubricator Assembly

Air flowing through the oil mist lubricator INSPECTION


siphons spindle oil from the reservoir to the
sight dome. The oil falls into a venturi a Coalescing filter: The sight dome at
drop at a time and is converted into an oil the top of the coalescing filter indicates the
mist. The finest mist is delivered to the condition of the filter element. The dome
spindle while the remaining larger mist par- will normally appear green; when it
ticles are returned to the reservoir. Oil mist changes to red the element is in need of
entering the spindle housing reforms into oil replacement.
drops that wet all bearing surfaces. The air
delivering the lubricant also serves to cool Filter/regulator: Check for dirty filter
the bearings and prevent condensation. element and bowl. Water accumulation in
The lubricator assembly should be peri- bowl may indicate that drain is plugged.
odically disassembled and thoroughly Disassemble and clean if necessary.
cleaned, see page 44.
Oil mist lubricator: Any variation in oil
feed rate other than slight changes caused
LUBRICATOR SETTINGS by temperature affecting oil viscosity may
indicate sludge in the lubricator. Disassem-
Incoming air supply: 150 p.s.i. (10.34 ble and clean if necessary.
bar), 68 c.f.h. (1.84 m3/h) maximum

Air pressure gauge: regulated air pres-


sure is 15 p.s.i. (1.04 bar) on gauge

Oil feed rate: 40 drops per minute

Air by-pass adjustment: fully closed

Oil mist pressure switch: Set to shut


off at 5 p.s.i. (.34 bar)

Type of oil: Spindle oil with rust and oxi-


dation inhibitors, Saybolt viscosity of 150
seconds at 100°F (37.8°C) such as Mobil
DTE Oil Light or equivalent

Oil consumption rate: Oil consumption


is approximately .046 fluid ounces (1.36 ml)
per hour.

NOTE: All adjustments on the oil mist


lubricator assembly are correctly set at
Urschel Laboratories before the unit is
shipped. For lubricator assemblies other
than the one shown, contact Urschel Labo-
ratories for proper settings.

43
MAINTENANCE
Oil Mist Lubricator Assembly

DISASSEMBLY 2
1
3
1. Disconnect and lock out power
source. After machine has come to a 4
complete stop, press the “I” (START)
button to verify machine will not start.
Shut off air supply.

2. Disconnect drain tube from coalesc-


ing filter bowl and unscrew bowl from 11
filter body, see Figure 24, page 42. 4
Unscrew filter element and discard. 10
Element cannot be cleaned. Remove 5
“O” rings.
9
3. Unscrew bowl from filter/regulator 6
body and remove automatic drain from 8
bowl. Unscrew baffle and remove filter
element. Remove “O” rings.

4. Remove oil mist lubricator reservoir.


Remove bracket holding reservoir. 7
Remove six fasteners in top of lubricator 12
and remove reservoir and reservoir
gasket (Figure 25). It may be necessary
to remove clamp holding air inlet valve
and swing lubricator out to reach back
fastener.

5. Unscrew sight dome and remove


gasket. Remove oil feed and air by-
pass screws.
Figure 25 — Oil mist lubricator. (1) Air By-Pass
6. Unscrew oil feed assembly and push Screw, (2) Sight Dome, (3) Oil Feed Adjustment
Screw, (4) Gasket, (5) Venturi, (6) Oil Feed Assem-
venturi and gasket out from the sight
bly, (7) Reservoir, (8) Float, (9) Slide, (10) Siphon
dome opening. Unscrew siphon tube Tube, (11) Check Ball, (12) Reservoir Gasket
and remove gasket and check ball.

44
MAINTENANCE
Oil Mist Lubricator Assembly

REASSEMBLY ADJUSTMENTS

1. Clean clear bowls and sight dome 1. Air pressure: With air shut-off valve
with warm water only. Clean all other open, adjust to 15 p.s.i. (1.04 bar) by
parts with warm, soapy water. Dry all using the air pressure adjustment knob.
parts. Blow dry compressed air through To adjust, pull knob up and turn. To lock
internal passages and tubes of lubrica- adjustment, push knob down.
tor to remove any blockage. Blow clean,
dry air through filter/regulator element 2. Air by-pass: Correct setting is fully
from inside to outside to dislodge any closed. Turn clockwise to close and
contaminants. counterclockwise to open (see Figure
24, page 42).
2. Install filter elements. Lubricate “O”
rings with a thin coat of “O” ring grease. 3. Oil flow: Check oil flow in sight dome
Install drain in filter/regulator bowl. on lubricator. Proper flow is 40 drops
Install bowls. Attach drain tube to coa- per minute. If necessary, reset by
lescing filter bowl. turning the oil feed adjustment screw:
clockwise to decrease and counter-
3. Reassemble lubricator. Install venturi clockwise to increase the number of
with stamped arrow directed toward drops per minute.
outlet side of lubricator. Install siphon
tube. Check that slide for oil level switch NOTE: For additional information refer to
is in a vertical position and float is free the lubricator manufacturer’s instructions.
to move up and down. Install reservoir
with gasket and fasten in place. Install
sight dome with gasket and oil feed and
air by-pass screws. Replace bracket
and tighten securely.

4. Check all lubricator assembly adjust-


ments. See “Adjustments”, next
column. Replace the lubricator cover.

45
MAINTENANCE
Feed Assembly, Microcut Head

Maintenance for the various feed assem-


10
blies is similar; variations occur as noted.
1
See “Feed Assemblies”, pages 88–103.
Refer to Figure 26 and proceed as follows:
2
DISASSEMBLY

1. Disconnect and lock out power


source. After machine has come to a 3
complete stop, press the “I” (START)
button to verify machine will not start.

2. Remove feed adapter. Some assem- 11


blies have a separate funnel hopper.
4
Remove hand knobs and lift feed
adapter with wear ring in one unit using 5
a slight rocking motion. If adapter
proves difficult to remove, install 3/8-16
NC thread cap screws at least 1" long 8 7
into each of the two threaded holes in
the flange of the adapter. Turn cap
screws one-half (1/2) revolution at a 6
9
time, lifting the adapter evenly until it
can be removed. Cap screws must be
removed when not in use. Remove
cutting enclosure.
Figure 26 — Typical feed assembly (Microcut head
3. Remove impeller. Remove fastener(s) with seal). (1) Feed Adapter, (2) Wear Ring,
and carefully lift impeller. Impeller is fas- (3) Cutting Enclosure, (4) Impeller, (5) Microcut
tened by either a single hex nut with Head, (6) Lower Retaining Ring, (7) Wear Ring,
washer on a center stud or three (3) (8) Face Seal, (9) Spindle, (10) Hand Knob,
(11) Impeller Lifter
socket head cap screws. Some
impellers require an impeller lifter, sup-
plied with machine, for removal. (One NOTE: If the microcut head is to be
fastener hole is threaded to accept the cleaned with pressurized water, leave lower
lifter.) Some impellers also have a seal retaining ring in place to prevent blades
mating ring and retainer fastened to the from coming out. If blades are dislodged,
bottom. Handle impeller carefully so as see “Reassembly”, page 62 for blade instal-
not to damage this ring. lation procedures.

4. Remove microcut head. Four (4) 5. Remove lower retaining ring/wear


special cap screws hold microcut head ring from microcut head. Carefully
in place. Lift microcut head with lower push retaining ring out the bottom of
retaining ring and wear ring in one unit. microcut head. If necessary use a block
of wood and mallet to gently tap retain-
ing ring out.

46
MAINTENANCE
Feed Assembly, Microcut Head

INSPECTION

All parts should be cleaned, inspected for


serviceability, and repaired or replaced if
necessary.

Microcut head: Inspect for damage or


wear, see “Inspection”, page 61.

Impeller: Clean and inspect for


damage or wear. When impeller tips Figure 27 — Repairable (left) and scrap (right)
become worn (rounded on leading edge) impellers
impeller should be replaced or returned to
the factory for retipping. If impeller has
excessive wear, it must be replaced (Figure
27).

Face seal and mating ring: Some


feed assemblies have a face seal in lower
retaining ring with a mating ring on impeller.
Clean and inspect seal. Carbon ring (nose
seal) should move up and down freely.
Replace if necessary, see “Reassembly”,
page 48. “O” ring should also be replaced
along with nose seal. Mating surfaces on
seal and ring should be free from nicks and Figure 28 — Diagonal notches on wear ring (bottom)
scratches. indicate blades have been installed incorrectly.

Feed adapter and lower retaining


ring: Mating surfaces should be free of
nicks and scratches.

Wear rings: Rings need not be


removed from feed adapter and lower
retaining ring unless they appear damaged
or worn. All studs should be secure. Outer
edge of ring will eventually become
notched from blades, and ring must be
replaced.

NOTE: If notches appear diagonal


instead of vertical, blades have been
installed incorrectly (Figure 28).

47
MAINTENANCE
Feed Assembly, Microcut Head

REASSEMBLY 1
1. Install lower retaining ring/wear ring
2
into microcut head. If retaining ring 4
has a face seal in need of repair, nose
3
seal element and “O” ring can be
replaced without removing seal body
(Figure 29). All blades in microcut head
must be properly seated and resting
against backing ring before retaining
ring is installed, see “Reassembly”,
page 62. Turn microcut head upside
down. Back off four lock nuts holding
wear ring 1/2 turn each to ease retaining
ring installation. Align recesses in
Figure 29 — Replacing nose seal in lower retaining
retaining ring with holes in base of
ring. (1) Nose Seal, (2) “O” Ring, (3) Seal Body,
microcut head and push retaining ring in (4) Wear Ring
until fully seated (Figure 30). Tighten
wear ring fasteners.
1
2. Install microcut head. Position on
spindle flange and fasten securely.

3. Install impeller on impeller shaft and


tighten securely. Release motor brake
(Figure 31) and rotate impeller back- 2
wards (counterclockwise) several times
by hand to make certain there is no 3
metal to metal contact.

4. Install cutting enclosure, feed


adapter with wear ring and funnel Figure 30 — Installing lower retaining ring in micro-
cut head. (1) Lower Retaining Ring, (2) Recess, (3)
hopper. Some assemblies have a sepa-
Hole in Base
rate funnel hopper. Align the attached
safety switch actuator with the sensor
and secure feed adapter with hand
knobs.

Figure 31 — Release motor brake

48
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

SPINDLE REPAIR 5. Exchange Program: Because the


complete Comitrol spindle assembly is a
NOTE: URSCHEL LABORATORIES costly item, many customers choose not
URGES ALL CUSTOMERS TO RETURN to keep a spare unit in stock. In order to
COMITROL SPINDLE ASSEMBLIES IN minimize down time without having to
NEED OF REPAIR TO THE FACTORY bear the cost of a new spindle assem-
FOR THESE REASONS: bly, Urschel Laboratories offers an
exchange program. A supply of rebuilt
1. Our repair department is equipped with oil mist lubricated spindles are kept on
fixtures and equipment specially built for hand at all times to be shipped within
this purpose. Reassembly is done in a hours of customer’s request. The cost of
special “Clean Room” to minimize dust an exchange spindle is based on an
and dirt contamination. exchange fee plus parts and labor
required to restore the customer’s
2. Further damage can occur if the disas- returned spindle assembly to accept-
sembly procedure is not done correctly. able rebuilt condition. For further infor-
This is costly to the customer. mation contact the service department
at Urschel Laboratories (219-464-4811).
3. Potentially reusable parts must be
examined and measured to less than a NOTE: Exchange program is available
thousandth of an inch. A well-equipped for oil mist lubricated spindles in the U.S.A.
machine shop and skilled personnel and Canada only.
must be available to do this correctly. If
this is not done, the repair will not be
successful and the spindle will fail If your maintenance department has the
again. skills and equipment, and your company
wishes to repair spindles, detailed instruc-
4. Our personnel use their knowledge and tions can be found on pages 52–59.
experience to not only repair, but also Removal and installation instructions are
determine, when possible, the cause for on pages 50–51.
failure. The customer can then make the
adjustments in operation to avoid future
problems. “Down time’’ is minimized and
repair costs will be less.

49
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

INSPECTION

Inspect spindle assembly for internal


wear as follows:

1. Disconnect and lock out power


source. After machine has come to a 1
complete stop, press the “I” (START) 8
button to verify machine will not start.
Shut off air supply and remove feed
assembly, see “Feed Assembly” pages 7
46–48.

2. Release motor brake and rotate 6


2
spindle shaft several times by hand.
See Figure 31, page 48. If any gritty
feeling or rough spots are detected, 3
bearings are probably worn.

3. Remove spindle pulley. See “Disas-


sembly”, page 66.
4
4. Check oil seal in adapter plate. Look
through the opening in bottom of spindle 5
support. If seal appears to be leaking
excessively, it should be replaced. Seal Figure 32 — Removing spindle. (1) Spindle,
may be replaced by removing spindle. (2) Adapter Plate, (3) Spindle Pulley, (4) “O” Ring,
See “Removal”, below, and “Installa- (5) Cover Plate, (6) Oil Line Clamp, (7) “O” Ring,
tion”, page 51. (8) Tube Union

REMOVAL Machines with oil mist lubricated spindles


contain an adapter plate. The adapter plate
1. Disconnect and lock out power source. does not need to be removed unless damage
After machine has come to a complete is evident. The oil seal and “O” rings can be
stop, press the “I” (START) button to verify replaced with the adapter in the machine. If
machine will not start. Shut off air supply the adapter plate requires removal, proceed
and remove feed assembly. See “Feed as follows:
Assembly” pages 46–48.
4. Remove adapter plate. Unfasten two
2. Remove timing belt and spindle pulley. union tubes. Remove oil line clamp;
See “Disassembly”, page 66. remove “O” ring from oil mist inlet tube.
Unfasten cap screws and remove adapter
3. Remove spindle. Four fasteners hold plate.
spindle to support (Figure 32).

50
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

INSTALLATION 5 4

1. Adapter plate inlet and drain lines 3


2
must be free from obstructions. Make
certain the discharge hole is also clear
(Figure 33). Use a small diameter wire 1
to clean the hole if necessary. Blow
pressurized air through the lines on the
adapter plate from the tube ends.

IMPORTANT! All lubricator lines must


be free from obstruction! Lack of oil 3
mist flow will cause spindle failure!
Figure 33 — Replace oil seal and “O”rings.
2. Check oil seal in adapter plate for (1) Adapter Plate, (2) Oil Seal, (3) “O” Ring, (4) Inlet
Tube, (5) Discharge Hole
hardening or cracking and replace if
necessary. Oil seal should be replaced
whenever spindle is replaced. Press
new seal in spring side down until top of
seal is flush with inner ridge. Inspect 1
and replace “O” rings if necessary. 2

3. Check lubricator line. Disconnect the


line at the lubricator and run a wire
through tubes or blow out with pressur-
ized air if necessary. Drain tube must
also be clear and free from obstructions.

4. Install adapter plate (if removed).


Fasten adapter plate in place. Connect
oil mist line and drain tube. Be careful
not to reverse lines! See Figure 34. Do
not overtighten connectors as this will Figure 34 — Oil mist and drain tubes correctly
installed. (1) Oil Mist Line, (2) Oil Drain Tube
restrict air flow. Install “O” ring on inlet
tube. Turn on air supply and operate
lubricator briefly to insure proper deliv-
ery of lubricant from inlet tube. 6. Install pulley and timing belt. See
“Drive Parts”, page 67.
5. Install spindle. Carefully lower spindle
into position, aligning inlet tube with port 7. Install feed assembly. See “Feed
in base of spindle, and fasten securely Assembly”, pages 46–48.
in place. Use “L” handle wrench pro-
vided with machine or a torque wrench NOTE: Operate lubricator ONLY for at
and torque fasteners to 45–50 least one half hour before starting machine
foot/pounds (61–68 newton-meters). in order to lubricate bearings.
Turn on air supply and check drain tube
exit for air flow.

51
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

DISASSEMBLY

;;;
;;;15

;;;; ;;
;; ;
; ; ;; 16 17

;;;
; ;;
;; ; ;
Urschel Laboratories recommends
that spindle assemblies be returned to 1 13

;;
; ; ;
the factory for repair, see page 49. For
customers choosing to rebuild this assem- 2 12
bly, the following repair instructions must be

;;;;
;
followed precisely for successful repair.
3 11
See “Spindle Assembly”, pages 104–107
for part number information. 14
4

;;;;;;;;;
The following tools are recommended: 10

;;
1. Vise 5
2. Arbor Press 9
3. Dial indicator 6
4. Surface plate

;
5. Bore gauge capable of measuring to
8

;
.0001"
6. Surface plate 7
7. Feeler gauges, .0015" & .0025"
8. Micrometers, 0-1" & 1-2"
9. Special tools available from Urschel
Figure 35 — Spindle assembly. (1) Upper Bearing
Laboratories, see “Tools”, page 81. Retainer, (2) “O” Ring, (3) Sleeve, (4) Bearing
Spacer, (5) Wavy Spring Washers, (6) Lower Bearing
Retainer, (7) Key, (8) Bearing Lock Nut, (9) Bearing -
Spindles are available as either oil mist pair, (10) Impeller Shaft, (11) Bearing, (12) Seal,
or grease lubricated. Maintenance is identi- (13) Mating Ring, (14) Bearing Housing,
cal except as noted. Refer to Figure 35 and (15) Bearing Housing Pilot, (16) Dowel,
(17) Impeller Shaft Pilot
proceed as follows:

1. Remove spindle from machine. See


page 50.

2. Secure shaft from rotating. Use a


wooden block with drilled recesses for
bearing housing pilots, impeller shaft
pilot and dowels (Figure 36). For
impeller shafts without dowels, place
fasteners in impeller mounting holes
and drill recesses in wooden block.

3. Remove lower bearing retainer and


three wavy spring washers. Grease
lubricated spindles have an oil seal in
Figure 36 — Secure spindle shaft to keep it from
the retainer; tap the seal out. rotating.

52
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

Figure 37 — Remove bearing lock nut Figure 39 — Remove seal from bearing retainer.
(1) Seal Tool

4. Remove bearing lock nut using 6. Remove upper bearing retainer and
spanner wrench (Figure 37). “O” ring. Remove seal from bearing
retainer using seal tool and arbor press
5. Remove spindle shaft. Place spindle (Figure 39).
on a hollow fixture to protect shaft, and
use arbor press to remove shaft (Figure 7. Remove bearings, sleeve and bearing
38). If difficulty is experienced at this spacer from housing. An arbor press
point, severe damage is probable and may be necessary.
spindle should be returned to Urschel
Laboratories for evaluation. 8. Remove mating ring from shaft. Attach
clamp to mating ring and secure lightly
in vise (Figure 40). Carefully remove
shaft from mating ring and clamp.

Figure 38 — Remove spindle shaft Figure 40 — Attach clamp to mating ring and secure
lightly in vise. (1) Clamp

53
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

INSPECTION Bearing housing flange: must be


checked for flatness. Take a new cutting
All parts should be cleaned, inspected for head or lower ring from microcut head and
serviceability, and repaired or replaced if set on housing flange. Use a .0015" feeler
necessary. gauge and try to insert it at several points
between the reduction head and flange
Bearing Housing: (Figure 42). You should NOT be able to
insert the feeler gauge at any point. If you
Bore: must be smooth with no signs of can, the bearing housing must be returned
bearing slippage or corrosion. The bore to Urschel Laboratories repair department
must measure 2.8355/2.8349" for inspection and evaluation.
(72.022/72.006 mm) at the bearing contact
areas (Figure 41). If oversize, scrap and Pilots: while cutting head or lower ring
replace. If undersize, housing must be is on housing flange, check for wear on
honed. Return to Urschel Laboratories pilots. Using .0025" feeler gauge, attempt
repair department for inspection and evalu- to insert gauge between pilots and lower
ation. ring (Figure 42). If you can insert gauge at
any point, return bearing housing to
Urschel Laboratories repair department for
inspection and evaluation.

2.8355
2.8349

Figure 41 — Check bore Figure 42 — Check bearing housing flange for flat-
ness and pilots for wear

54
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

Impeller Shaft: Seal groove: wear cannot exceed .010"


(.254 mm).
Refer to Figure 43:
Bearing seats: must be smooth with
Flange: must be flat and square with no signs of bearing slippage or corrosion.
shank. Must measure 1.3780/1.3777"
(35.001/34.994 mm).
Mating ring seat: must have no corro-
sion or galling. Impeller pilot: must measure either
.7498/.7496" (19.045/19.040 mm) or
Pulley mounting diameter: must be 1.2498/1.2496" (31.745/31.740 mm).
reasonably smooth and must measure
1.250/1.249" (31.750/31.725 mm). Any shaft which does not satisfy all of the
above criteria should be replaced. Replace
Keyway: use key to check for burrs or shaft if you are not sure.
wear. Key must fit freely with minimal clear-
ance. (“Inspection”, continued on page 56)

1
6
3

;
8

; 2
4 1
5
7

Figure 43 — Impeller shaft. (1) Flange, (2) Mating Ring Seat, (3) Pulley Mounting Diameter, (4) Keyway,
(5) Seal Groove Area, (6) Bearing Seats, (7) Impeller Pilots, (8) Dowel

55
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

(“Inspection”, continued from page 55) Upper bearing retainer: bearing


contact surface must be smooth with no
Bearing spacer and sleeve: using a signs of bearing slippage or galling. Scrap
surface plate and dial indicator, check the and replace if necessary.
length of sleeve and bearing spacer. They
cannot differ in length more than .0002".
Ends must be smooth. If signs of bearing Lower bearing retainer: inspect for
slippage or galling are present, scrap and cracks and pitting. Replace if necessary.
replace. Measure the length of both pieces
(Figure 44). Length must be 3.5701/3.5694"
(90.681/90.663 mm). Seal and mating ring, all ball bearings,
bearing lock nut, wavy spring washers
NOTE: Both parts must be parallel within and “O” rings: replace whenever spindle
.0002" and within .0002" of each other in assembly is rebuilt. Reuse is not recom-
length. mended.

Figure 44 — Check sleeve and bearing spacer

56
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

REASSEMBLY
 CAUTION: Make sure each part has
been carefully inspected for distortion
and/or size change before reuse, see
“Inspection”, pages 54–56. Parts, tools
and working area must be clean to
prevent bearing contamination.

1. Install seal into upper bearing


retainer. Immerse seal in clean spindle Figure 45 — Press seal into bearing retainer
oil to saturate all components. (Mobil
DTE Light or equivalent). Work the
spring loaded carbon element back and
forth several times. Using seal tool, 2
carefully press seal into bearing
retainer, carbon side out (Figure 45).
Wipe with clean lint free towel to remove
excess oil. Check with .0015" feeler 3
gauge to make sure seal body is seated
against the inner flange of the retainer. 1

2. Install mating ring onto impeller


shaft. Place starting sleeve on impeller
shaft. Secure mating ring in clamp with
the metallic side showing. Using a small
amount of water as a lubricant, install Figure 46 — Use starter sleeve and clamp to install
the mating ring onto the shaft (Figure mating ring on impeller shaft. (1) Starting Sleeve,
(2) Clamp, (3) Mating Ring
46). Remove the clamp and starter
sleeve. The coated wear surface of the
mating ring should be showing. Finish
installing the mating ring using the seal 1
seating tool (Figure 47). Check with
.0015" feeler gauge to make sure the
mating ring is seated against the flange.

3. Insert “O’’ ring into groove in top of


bearing housing.

Figure 47 — Use seal seating tool. (1) Seal Seating


Tool, (2) Mating Ring

57
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;
1

;;
7 5

3 4

6 2 8

Figure 48 — Install bearing retainer and fasten


screws in sequence, 1 thru 8

4. Fasten bearing retainer assembly to


;; ;;
bearing housing with eight special
sealing screws. Replace “O” rings and
apply a small amount of grease to the
sealing screw threads. Tighten screws
Figure 49 — Insert shaft into housing
progressively in sequence (Figure 48).

5. Install single ball bearing. Turn


assembly over and slide bearing into
2
bearing housing.

6. Install impeller shaft. Use a hollow tube


approximately 9-3/4" long, with 1-7/8"
O.D. and at least 1-1/2" I.D. (248 mm 1
long, 47.6 mm O.D., 38.1 mm I.D.) to
hold bearing in place (Figure 49). Apply
light oil to seal face. Using hand press,
insert shaft.

7. Install bearing spacer and sleeve.


Apply a film of clean light oil to the
bearing spacer and sleeve. Install into
spindle assembly (Figure 50). Figure 50 — Install bearing spacer and sleeve.
(1) Sleeve, (2) Spacer

58
MAINTENANCE
Spindle Assembly

8. If repairing a grease lubricated


spindle, the single upper bearing must
be packed with Royal Purple Ultra-Per-
formance NLGI #3 or equivalent; the
double lower bearings must be packed
with Royal Purple Ultra-Performance
NLGI #2 or equivalent.

9. Install matched pair of ball bearings


with stamped faces of outer races
together. Eccentricity marks on the inner
and outer races should be lined up with
one another as closely as possible
(“DB ” configuration on manufacturer’s Figure 52 — Install wavy spring washers
instructions). Use a point on housing to
align marks on second bearing the 10.Install bearing lock nut. Secure
same as the first (Figure 51). A slight impeller shaft from rotating. Grease
drag on impeller shaft may occur, threads and install bearing lock nut
making the use of an arbor press neces- using spanner wrench. Tighten securely.
sary. Rest assembly on shaft and use
tube to press inner races of bearings. 11. Install wavy spring washers. Grease
the three wavy spring washers, nest
NOTE: Bearings must start smoothly together and install against bearings
into bearing housing. If bearings become (Figure 52).
wedged and drive housing down, seal could
be damaged. 12.Install oil seal into lower bearing
retainer (grease lubricated spindles
only). Press the seal, lip in, flush with
the outside of retainer. Note that oil mist
lubricated spindles use an oil seal in the
adapter plate (see page 51).

13.Install lower bearing retainer. If the


spindle uses grease lubricated bear-
ings, install the retainer carefully so as
not to turn the seal lip. Fasten retainer
with the four socket head cap screws
with lightly greased threads. Spindle is
now ready to be installed on the
machine. See page 51.
Figure 51 — Align eccentricity marks and install
bearings

59
MAINTENANCE
Microcut Head

IDENTIFYING MICROCUT HEADS 180 084 - 2 R


Microcut heads are identified by the 1 2 3 4
Urschel 5-digit part number and a corre-
sponding description number (Figure 53).
The first three digits of the description
number indicate the number of blades in
the microcut head.
The second three numbers indicate the
thickness of the individual blades in thou-
sandths of an inch.
Description numbers containing a dash
and a final digit, for example 180084-2,
mean the blades are tipped at an angle with 6 5
respect to the radius, in this case 2 7
degrees. Microcut heads without tipped Figure 53 — Microcut head description number and
blades (no number after blade thickness) components. (1) Number of Blades, (2) Blade Thick-
produce a more uniform particle size and ness, (3) Blade Angle, (4) If present, denotes
are the most commonly used. Reverse Blade Holding Rings, (5) Upper & Lower
Blade Holding Rings, (6) Upper & Lower Rings,
(7) Backing Ring
The part number and description number
of the entire head assembly are not marked
on the head, but the size of the head can DISASSEMBLY
easily be determined by looking at the
numbers on the inside edge of the upper 1. Remove microcut head from the
and lower blade holding rings (Figure 53). machine. See “Disassembly”, page 46.
The first five digits indicate the part
number of the blade holding ring. 2. Back off screws and studs, one turn at
The next series of numbers identify the a time, several turns.
number of blades the ring will hold.
A final number, if present, represents 3. Lift upper ring by placing thumbs on
the blade angle. alternate screws and lifting. Use a
The letter “R” appearing at the end of plastic hammer if necessary and gently
the description refers to reverse blade tap opposite sides. Mark the blades
holding rings. See page 64 for additional before removing with a waterproof dye
information on reverse rings. or marker.
Note the thickness of the blades.
The three components of the description 4. Remove blades. When upper ring has
number — blade number, thickness and been raised approximately 1/32" (.80
angle if any — have now been determined. mm), the blades can be removed by
See the charts on pages 109 & 110 for the pushing them towards the center of the
five digit part numbers that correspond to head.
description numbers and for additional
specifications. 5. Remove screws and studs, upper
ring, upper and lower blade holding
rings and backing ring. Remove
rubber retaining ring from lower blade
holding ring and discard.
60
MAINTENANCE
Microcut Head

INSPECTION

Blades: Inspect for wear. Replace or


turn blades if necessary. Blades are of two
different types having different widths and
either squared or beveled ends, see “Micro-
cut Blades”, page 22. Blades with squared
ends can be turned to use all four cutting
edges. Blades with beveled edges can be
turned once to use two cutting edges. A
program is available to extend the use of
these blades. See “Microcut Blades”, page
64.
Figure 54 — Backing ring (top) and blade holding
ring (bottom) in need of replacement
Backing ring: Examine inner side of
backing ring for notches created by blade
pressure. Blades will normally indent
backing ring slightly because of blade
angle. When this indentation becomes a
notch, it allows blades to press too far back
and, therefore, should be replaced. See
Figure 54.

Upper and lower blade holding


rings: Examine carefully for nicks, burrs
or damage to seats which locate and hold
each blade in place. Loss of even one seat
means ring must be replaced (Figure 54). Figure 55 — Make sure upper ring is not bent or
warped.
Lower ring: Examine eight columns
which locate the backing ring. If one or Upper ring: Check upper ring with a
more of these columns becomes loose, straight edge and a .002" (.051 mm) thick
return ring to Urschel Laboratories for feeler gauge to make sure ring is not bent
repair. or warped (Figure 55). Examine dowel pins.
If damaged, upper blade holding ring
NOTE: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR cannot be properly located.
LOWER RING! Columns are a shrink fit and
serious damage may result if removal or
installation is attempted by use of a press.

Also examine dowel pins. If damaged,


lower blade holding ring cannot be properly
located.

61
MAINTENANCE
Microcut Head

REASSEMBLY
1
1. Insert rubber retaining ring into groove
of lower blade holding ring. Press ring
into groove. Retaining ring should be
replaced each time blades are removed.

2. Install lower blade holding ring into


lower ring, rotating until it slips over two
offset locating dowel pins.
2
3. Position backing ring inside lower ring. 3
Aligning posts may help prevent bridging
when running dry product (Figure 56). Figure 56 — Position backing ring inside lower ring.
(1) Backing Ring, (2) Lower Ring, (3) Lower Blade
4. Install upper blade holding ring into Holding Ring
upper ring, rotating until it slips over the
two offset locating pins.
1
5. Install upper ring on lower ring while
holding upper blade holding ring in place.
To insure correct position, use alignment
marks on upper and lower rings (Figure
57). This will be a snug fit; tap down
evenly until completely seated.
2
6. Install four cap screws in alternate
columns and turn down to tops of
columns. Back each screw out 1/2 to 3/4
turn and pull upper ring up to screw
heads. 2

Figure 57 — Installing upper ring. (1) Upper Ring,


(2) Alignment Mark

62
MAINTENANCE
Microcut Head

NOTE: Do not cut retaining ring with


edge of blade. Blades must be straight up-
and-down and pushed against backing ring.
Upper ring may be adjusted up or down
slightly to ease blade installation.

8. Tighten screws, 1/4 turn at a time, in


sequence, until tight. These screws tight-
en down to tops of columns and it is col-
umn length that determines pressure on
blades. If screws feel springy when tight-
ening, one or more blades are not seated
Figure 58 — Installing microcut blades
properly.

7. Install blades. Insert four blades at 90° 9. Install four double end screws in
apart to hold up upper blade holding ring. remaining columns, shorter threaded end
Blades with beveled ends must be proper- down, and tighten. Microcut head is now
ly oriented to blade holding rings. Hold completely assembled and ready for
blade at top and bottom, between thumb installation on machine.
and forefinger. Ease blade in at an angle,
bottom first, so that blade slides over
retaining ring (Figure 58); blade should
then slip into place and rest against back-
ing ring. Install remaining blades.

63
MAINTENANCE
Microcut Blades

A program is available from Urschel Lab- Fourth set of cutting edges: blades
oratories allowing customers to get up to are turned over to present new cutting
eight new blade edges from a single set of edges.
microcut blades (.084" thick blades only).
The first four edges are obtained using Microcut blades must be evaluated at this
standard and reverse slot blade holding point. Blades must be able to be re-sharp-
rings. If the microcut blades can be re- ened to a width of .335" (+.0000/-.0005").
sharpened, a backing ring for reduced width Blades that are severely worn or that have
blades can be installed to give four addi- been damaged by foreign material or from
tional edges. See chart, page 111. The first coming in contact with the impeller gener-
four cutting edges are obtained as follows: ally cannot be re-ground (Figure 61, page
65). To obtain the most economical use,
First set of cutting edges: a new set microcut blades should be inspected peri-
of blades is installed in the microcut head. odically and removed from the head before
Standard blade holding rings are used they are worn beyond the point that they
(Figure 59). can be re-ground. Blades can be re-ground
by a machine shop that uses diamond
Second set of cutting edges: each faced grinding wheels, or by Urschel Labo-
dull blade is turned over to present all new ratories, see page 65. Using reground
cutting edges. blades, four additional edges are obtained
as follows:
Third set of cutting edges: upper and
lower blade holding rings with reverse slots Fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth set of
(“R” suffix in description number, marked cutting edges: backing ring for reduced
on the ring) replace standard blade holding width blades replaces standard backing
rings in the microcut head. Blades are ring in the microcut head. The resharpened
installed so as to present new cutting blades are used in the microcut head as
edges (Figure 60). outlined for the original four edges.

1 1

1 1

2 2

Figure 59 — Standard Blade Orientation. (1) Figure 60 — Reverse Blade Orientation. (1) R-Series
Standard Blade Holding Ring, (2) Impeller Rotation Blade Holding Ring (Reverse Slot), (2) Impeller
Rotation

64
MAINTENANCE
Microcut Blades

The following instructions should be fol-


lowed when shipping dull blades to be re-
sharpened to Urschel Laboratories, Inc.,
2503 Calumet Avenue, Valparaiso, Indiana
46383.

NOTE: Resharpening available in the


U.S.A. and Canada only.

1. Blades must be clean and free of all


foreign materials.

2. Sets of blades from each microcut head


should be packed separately.

3. Only blades dulled from normal wear


can be re-ground. Blades that have
been damaged by foreign material or
from coming in contact with the impeller
generally cannot be re-ground (Figure
61).

4. Specify the quantity of re-ground blades


required.
Figure 61 — Repairable (top) and non-repairable
5. Urschel Laboratories can only make (middle, bottom) microcut blades
blades of a re-ground width (.335") from
new blade stock and must invoice
accordingly. For instance, if the cus-
tomer ships 196 repairable blades and
orders 200 blades of .335" width for a
200 blade microcut head, the customer
will be invoiced for re-sharpening 196
blades, plus the price of 4 new blades.

65
MAINTENANCE
Drive Parts

DISASSEMBLY

To change timing belt and/or pulleys, or to


remove spindle pulley prior to spindle
removal, proceed as follows:

1. Disconnect and lock out power source.


After machine has come to a complete
stop, press the “I” (START) button to verify
machine will not start. Remove feed
assembly and reduction head. See
“Disassembly”, pages 46–48.

2. Remove cover plate and belt guard.


See “Covers & Guards”, page 36. Figure 62 — Method to prevent spindle shaft from
turning while removing spindle pulley
3. Loosen motor mount fasteners and
slide motor toward spindle until timing belt
drops. Remove timing belt.  CAUTION: Operate machine at rec-
ommended speeds only! Operating at
4. Remove spindle pulley. Spindle shaft other than recommended speeds could
must be held stationary to remove spindle create a safety hazard and cause exces-
pulley. Insert two 3/8" cap screws into sive wear or damage to machine parts.
impeller shaft and one 3/8" cap screw into
spindle flange (Figure 62). Place screw-
driver or bar between screws to prevent INSPECTION
shaft from turning. Remove fastener and
spindle pulley. Motor pulley need not be Timing belt: Inspect for wear. Frayed belt
removed to change spindle. To remove edges may indicated that the pulleys are mis-
motor pulley, engage motor brake (Figure aligned. Check the belt teeth. Teeth may
31, page 48) and remove fastener. round off as the belt wears. Replace belt if it
begins to skip the pulleys.
NOTE: A pulley puller is available if pul-
leys prove difficult to remove. Remove flange Pulleys and shafts: Remove any nicks or
on spindle pulley and retainer on motor pulley burrs. Make sure pulley flanges are securely
to attach puller. See “Tools”, page 81. attached.

At this point drive parts can be inspected or


changed. See the chart on page 113, for the
appropriate pulleys and timing belt to obtain
the desired operating speed. If the spindle is
to be removed, see “Removal”, page 50.

66
MAINTENANCE
Drive Parts

REASSEMBLY

1. Install pulleys and secure with fasteners.


Lubricating shaft with high temperature
anti-seize compound will make future
removal easier.

NOTE: If locking cap screws can be turned


by hand, they should be replaced.

2. Install timing belt. Slide motor into position


for correct tension, see “Adjustments”
below, and fasten securely in place.

3. Install belt guard and cover plate.


Figure 63 — Checking clearance between impeller
and reduction head
ADJUSTMENTS

In general, the force of one person pushing To check for excessive belt tension,
against the motor while fasteners are tight- measure clearance between impeller tips
ened supplies sufficient tension for correct and reduction head at points closest to and
belt adjustment. furthest from the motor (.005" thickness
gauge), see Figure 63. A tighter clearance
 CAUTION: DO NOT overtighten belt at the point furthest from the motor may
by using a board or other lever. Exces- indicate excessive belt tension. A tighter
sive belt tension may distort the impeller clearance may also indicate worn spindle
shaft! bearings (see “Spindle Assembly, Inspec-
tion”, page 50). If belt tension is excessive,
loosen motor fasteners and readjust
tension. Timing belt should be able to slide
up and down slightly on pulleys with finger
pressure.

67
MAINTENANCE
Electrical Assembly

INSPECTION

 WARNING: In the event of an elec- The electrical assembly must be in good


trical problem, only a qualified electri- working condition before operating this
cian should inspect or repair the fault. machine. For a description of amplifier and
Voltages dangerous to life exist in the safety switch operation and method for
starter enclosure! The power discon- checking this system, see pages 14–17.
nect/ lockout switch must be in the “O” Electrical schematics are located in the
(OFF) position. Live voltages are still starter enclosure and on pages 138–147.
present in the box even though power Refer to Figures 64 & 65 and inspect the fol-
disconnect/lockout switch is off. Always lowing:
disconnect and lock out power source
to starter enclosure before beginning
electrical inspection or repair.

1 1

5
5

4
3 3
2

Figure 64 — Typical starter enclosure interior, Figure 65 — Typical starter enclosure interior, CE
NEMA*. (1) Circuit Breaker, (2) Starter Coil, compliant. (1) Circuit Breaker, (2) Contactor,
(3) Heaters, (4) Amplifier, (5) Transformer (3) Overload Relay, (4) Amplifier, (5) Transformer

*National Electrical Manufacturers Association

68
MAINTENANCE
Electrical Assembly

Starter enclosure: Inspect interior of


starter enclosure for corrosion. If a signifi- 3 1
cant amount of water accumulates in the
bottom of the starter enclosure, check the
breather drain. Breather drain should be
free from obstruction. Excess water could
also indicate an opening or loose fitting that
allows water to enter the enclosure. Check
all access points to the enclosure. Check
gasket around door and window. Inspect 2
“O” (STOP) and “I” (START) push button
assemblies and pilot light assembly for dam-
age or corrosion. Replace rubber boots and
pilot light lens if damaged. Figure 66 — Safety switch sensors and actuators
must be aligned and within 1/16" (1.6 mm).
NOTE: Electrical components that fail (1) Sensor, (2) Actuator, (3) Alignment Bracket
due to water or chemical contamination are
not covered under the warranty.

Fuses (NEMA & CE enclosures): Overload relay (NEMA & CE enclo-


Remove the transformer fuses and amplifier sures): If overload relay has been tripped
fuses. Check with an ohmmeter or continuity several times, it may fail to reset and must be
light. If one fuse is replaced, all others of that replaced. Check for proper motor current
type fuse should also be replaced. draw if overload relay continues to trip.

Heaters (NEMA enclosure): If heaters Safety switches: Terminals should be


(thermal overloads) have been tripped sever- tight and free from corrosion. Recommended
al times they may fail to reset. If one heater torque is 5 inch pounds or 0.56 newton-
fails, all heaters in that starter should be meters. Check sensors, actuators and cords
replaced. Check for proper motor current for damage. Switches should be replaced if
draw if heaters continue to trip. any defect or damage is detected. Check
switch alignment. Actuator must be aligned
Starter coil (NEMA enclosure): and within 1/16" (1.6 mm) of sensor to com-
Disconnect leads from coil at front of motor plete the safety switch circuit (Figure 66).
starter and check with an ohmmeter. Replace
if necessary.
(“Electrical Assembly”, con’t. on page 70)
Contactor (CE enclosure): Disconnect
leads from coil on top of contactor and check
with an ohmmeter. Replace coil or contactor
if necessary.

69
MAINTENANCE
Electrical Assembly
(“Electrical Assembly”, con’t. from page 69)
1
2
Amplifier: the amplifier and safety
switches incorporate self-diagnostic features
to help identify the source of problems. The
LEDs on the amplifier (Figure 67) will indicate
the status of the system: 5 6
 WARNING: The amplifier must be
properly wired to function correctly. If 7
an amplifier or sensor is replaced,
consult the manufacturer’s literature for
complete wiring instructions.
8
Both green “relay condition” LEDs are
illuminated: all circuits are closed and
4
machine is ready for operation. 3
No LEDs are illuminated: verify power Figure 67 — Amplifier. (1) Fuses, (2) Relays,
to terminals L1 and L2. If there is power (3) Sensor Leads, (4) Resistors, (5) Green “Relay
and the LEDs are not illuminated, turn the Condition” LEDs, (6) Red “Relay Condition” LEDs,
power disconnect/lockout switch to “O” (7) Red “Attention” LED, (8) Red “Switch Output”
LEDs
(OFF) and lock out power source.
Remove fuses (see Figure 67) and check
with ohmmeter. Replace faulty fuse. If
problem persists, contact Urschel Both red “relay condition” LEDs are
Laboratories. illuminated and the red “attention”
LED is flashing: the amplifier has
Red “relay condition” LEDs and any of detected a fault. To reset the system,
the red “switch output” LEDs are illu- turn the power disconnect/lockout switch
minated: the circuit for the sensor or to “O” (OFF) and lock out power source.
resistor assigned to that location is open. Perform safety switch inspection (see
If red “switch output” LEDs which corre- “Safety switches”, page 69). Turn power
spond to a sensor are illuminated, discon- disconnect/lockout switch to “I” (ON). If
nect and lock out the power source, and problem persists, contact Urschel
perform the safety switch inspection (see Laboratories.
“Safety switches”, page 69). If red “switch
output” LEDs which correspond to a resis-  WARNING: A qualified trained
tor are illuminated, disconnect and lock person must always perform the safety
out the power source, verify the resist- switch system test before operating the
ance value of the resistor and check the machine. See “Safety Switch System
connection for tightness (5 inch pounds or Test”, page 16.
0.56 newton-meters). Turn power discon-
nect/lockout switch to “I” (ON). If LEDs
remain lit, contact Urschel Laboratories.

70
MAINTENANCE
Electrical Assembly
.630 A

Resistors and sensor leads: Check L1 L2 R1 R2

dielectric grease coating on resistors, sensor 117 V

leads and terminal strip. Dielectric grease


provides a moisture barrier to reduce the
potential for premature amplifier failure. If RELAY
CONDITION
resistors, sensor leads and terminal strip
need to be greased, use only dielectric tune-
C O
up grease. Generously fill each hole on bot- L
O
P
E
tom of lower terminal strip and each screw S
E
N

terminal hole for the sensor leads, and coat D

LOGIC AMPLIFIER
each resistor with the grease. Use a small
brush to smooth out grease and ensure
1 2 3 4 5 6
grease completely covers terminal strip area
(Figure 68).
RW B O RW B O RW B O RW B O RW B O RW B O

Figure 68 — For moisture protection, generously


coat resistors, sensor leads, screw terminal holes
and terminal strip area with dielectric tune-up
grease.

71
MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION

Machine Does Power disconnect/lock- Turn power disconnect/lockout switch to the


Not Start out switch is in the “O” “I” (ON) position, page 32.
(OFF) position

Circuit breaker tripped Move the disconnect switch handle to the “O”
(OFF) position, and then to the “I” (ON) posi-
tion to reset the circuit breaker.

Covers and guards not Make sure covers and guards are securely
securely closed, closed, attached and fastened. Check for
attached or fastened bent or twisted covers or guards that will
prevent safety switches from lining up. See
“Covers and Guards”, page 36.

Oil in lubricator below Fill oil reservoir. See “Lubrication”, page 40.
acceptable level

Oil mist pressure below Check for leak or blockage in oil mist line.
5 P.S.I. (.34 bar) Reset air pressure to 15 P.S.I. (1.04 bar). See
“Adjustments”, page 45.

Thermal overload relay Wait 5 minutes. Press “RESET” button. See


tripped “Machine Overload or Jam”, page 34.

Amplifier malfunction Check amplifier. See “Amplifier”, page 70 or


“Wiring Diagram”, pages 138–151.

Blown fuses Check transformer fuses and amplifier fuses.


See “Inspection”, pages 68–71.

Electrical system mal- Inspect electrical system. See “Inspection”,


function pages 68–71.

Slow, Sluggish Feed rate too high See “Feeding Method”, page 33.
Operation
Loss of one phase of Perform complete electrical check on motor
power starter. See “Wiring Diagram”, pages
138–151.

Motor problem Contact Urschel Laboratories for location of


nearest authorized motor service center.

72
MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION

Machine Shuts Covers and guards not Make sure covers and guards are securely
Down During securely attached attached. Check for bent or twisted covers or
Operation guards that will prevent safety switches from
lining up. See “Covers and Guards”, page 36.

Oil level dropped below Fill oil reservoir. See “Lubrication”, page 40.
acceptable level Flush product from feed assembly before
restarting.

Loss of air pressure Determine source of air failure and correct.


See “Inspection”, page 43. Flush product from
feed assembly before restarting.

Loss of incoming power Verify incoming power source.

Motor Machine overload or See “Machine Overload or Jam”, page 34.


Frequently jam
Becomes
Overloaded Feed rate too high See “Feeding Method”, page 33.

Power source too low Maintain incoming power to at least 95% of


specified voltage.

Motor problem Contact Urschel Laboratories for location of


nearest authorized motor service center.

Dull blades or cutting See “Microcut Blades”, page 64.


edges in reduction head

Poor Quality, Machine running back- Rewire correctly. Impeller must turn clockwise
Ragged or wards when viewed through product feed opening.
Oversize See “Electrical Power”, page 27.
Product
Impeller tips worn Replace or send impeller to Urschel Laborato-
ries for repair. See “Inspection”, page 47.

Dull blades or cutting See “Microcut Blades”, page 64.


edges in reduction head

Incorrect impeller and Contact an Urschel representative to set up a


reduction head combi- test to determine the correct impeller and
nation reduction head combination.

73
MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION

Burned Product overfeeding Clean reduction head thoroughly. Reduce


Product and/or not discharging feed rate. Get product away from discharge
rapidly enough. end more rapidly. See “Feeding Method”,
page 33.

Worn impeller Send impeller to Urschel Laboratories for


repair or replace. See “Inspection”, page 47.

Dull blades or cutting See “Microcut Blades”, page 64.


edges in reduction head

Openings in cutting Use cutting head with larger openings, see


head too small for “Microcut Head Assembly”, pages 108-109.
product to exit

Impeller speed to high Use a lower impeller speed. See chart on


for product page 113.

Spindle Pulley Spindle shaft worn Repair spindle. See “Spindle Repair”, page
Vibration 49.

Spindle pulley worn Replace spindle pulley and timing belt. See
“Disassembly”, page 66.

Excessive Timing belt too tight or See “Adjustments”, page 67.


Timing Belt too loose
Damage
and/or Break- Use of wrong belt Use correct belt. See “Parts”, page 113.
age
Uneven product feed Feed product evenly to avoid machine
rate surges. See “Feeding Method”, page 33.

Excessive wear on Replace worn pulleys. See “Parts”, page 113.


pulleys

74
MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION

Excessive Foreign material in Explore methods of removing foreign material


Reduction product from product before it enters the Comitrol
Head and/or processor.
Impeller
Damage Impeller tips contacting Reduce belt tension, see “Adjustments”,
reduction head from page 67.
excess belt tension

Failure to install either See “Reassembly”, page 48.


wear ring

Improper assembly of See “Reassembly”, page 62.


microcut head

Sudden surges in Regulate product flow. See “Feeding


product feed or abrupt, Method”, page 33.
intermittent feeding

Possible spindle failure Replace spindle or send to Urschel Laborato-


ries for inspection. See “Spindle Repair”,
page 49.

Damaged reduction Make sure mounting surface is smooth and


head mounting surface free of burrs or other damage.
on spindle

75
MAINTENANCE
Troubleshooting
PROBLEM CAUSE CORRECTION

Spindle Failure Timing belt too tight Loosen tension of timing belt by unbolting
(Noisy, Hot) motor and sliding toward spindle. See “Adjust-
ments”, page 67.

Product backed up past Get product away from machine as rapidly as


seal into spindle inte- possible. Wash machine thoroughly at least
rior. Rate of discharge once a day. Repair spindle, see “Spindle
too slow. Repair”, page 49.

Lack of oil mist lubrica- Check lubricator oil level and air pressure.
tion Lubricator should be operating at 15 P.S.I.
(1.04 bar). Clean and adjust lubricator if nec-
essary, see page 45.

Improper oil used in See “Lubrication”, page 40.


lubricator

Bearing failure — Avoid using high pressure water at seal area


usually caused by water during clean-up because of the danger of
in spindle. forcing water past impeller shaft seal. Do not
contaminate oil mist lines with water.

Excessive product tem- Reduce the product temperature before


perature feeding into machine.

Product being fed under Product must be gravity fed into machine.
too high of pressure

76
PARTS

77
PARTS
Video Tapes

The following instructional VHS videotapes are available from Urschel Laboratories.
NTSC format is used in the United States, Canada and Mexico.
PAL and SECAM international formats are also available.

PART NO. DESCRIPTION


63588 Video Tape, Microcut Head Maintenance, NTSC
63595 Video Tape, Microcut Head Maintenance, PAL
63596 Video Tape, Microcut Head Maintenance, SECAM
63634 Video Tape, How to Extend the Life of Microcut Blades, NTSC
63637 Video Tape, How to Extend the Life of Microcut Blades, PAL
63638 Video Tape, How to Extend the Life of Microcut Blades, SECAM

NOTE: These tapes are approximately 30 minutes in length and should be used in
conjunction with this manual, not as a substitute.

78
PARTS
Ordering Information
ORDERING PARTS

When ordering parts be sure to include the following information:

— Machine Model and Serial Number


— Quantity
— 5 Digit Part Number
— Part Description

The serial number of your machine is on the name plate located on the motor base. Orders
are accepted by mail, telephone or facsimile. Do not use illustration numbers when ordering
parts.

RETURNING PARTS FOR REPAIR

1. Pack part(s) securely to avoid damage during shipping.

2. Enclose purchase order number and letter of instruction for repair work. Note any special
instructions.

3. Include name and phone number of person to contact if further information is required by
repair department.

Customers in U.S.A.: It is not necessary to inform Urschel Laboratories, Inc. by phone that
you are returning parts for repair as long as complete instructions are included in package.

Customers Outside U.S.A.: Contact your nearest Urschel representative. If repair


services are not available from your representative, you may wish to inquire by fax or e-mail
about shipping and related expenses to determine if repair at the Valparaiso factory is cost
effective. The country code for dialing the U.S.A. is 1.

Urschel Laboratories, Inc.


2503 Calumet Avenue
Valparaiso, Indiana 46383 U.S.A.
Telephone: 219/464-4811
Fax: 219/462-3879
E-mail: info@urschel.com

79
PARTS
Tools

1 2, 3, 4

7, 8, 9, 10
6

11

15

14

12
23
18 24 25

16

21

17
13 22
19

20

80
PARTS
Tools
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

1 11041 Wrench, open end, 5/8” x 3/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


2 11047 Wrench, box end, 7/16" x 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 11008 Wrench, box end, 9/16" x 5/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 11072 Wrench, box end, 5/16" x 3/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 11011 Socket, 9/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 11012 Hex Bit, 5/16". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 11058 Allen Wrench, 1/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 11057 Allen Wrench, 3/32" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 11059 Allen Wrench, 5/32" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 11060 Allen Wrench, 3/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 62297 Wrench, “L” handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 62315 Impeller Lifter, (included with feed assemblies 62270 & 62893) . . . . . . . . 1
13 62876 Impeller Lifter, (included with feed assemblies 63699 & 63700) . . . . . . . . 1
14 11042 Feeler Gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 62298 Oil Filler Gun, (oil mist spindles only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 63409 *Oil, Mobil DTE Light, gallon, filtered, (not shown). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 11071 Tool Box, (not shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

OPTIONAL TOOLS
16 62294 Starting Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 62296 Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 62295 Seal Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 63675 Seal Seating Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 11006 Hook Spanner Wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 62290 Pulley Puller Assembly, (includes items 21–25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 62291 Pulley Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 62293 Swivel Shoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 62292 Pulley Puller Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 10555 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 1", steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
25 10556 Socket Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1", steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

* Domestic only (USA & Canada)

81
PARTS
Frame Assembly

1
14

15

10

13
6
12
9

4
2 11
3

5
8
19
7

20
17

16

19

20

18

82
PARTS
Frame Assembly
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
— 62196 Motor Base Assembly, (includes items 1–10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 62197 Motor Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 63683 Cover Plate Assembly, (includes items 3–5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 63681 Cover Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 63682 “O” Ring, 3/32 x 4-13/16 x 5". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 63676 Sealing Screw, 1/4-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6 62430 Belt Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 10249 Hex Nut, 3/8-16, s.s., locking, thick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 10270 Flat Washer, 3/8", s.s., thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 10015 Lock Washer, 3/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 10059 Hex Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 1-1/4", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 62088 Floor Stand, 23-1/4" (591 mm) height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 10016 Lock Washer, 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13 10074 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/2-13 x 1-1/2", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
14 64054 Lubricator Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 62032 Rear Cover, (for use with grease lubricated spindle,
replaces oil mist lubricator assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ALTERNATE FLOOR STANDS* (REPLACES ITEM 11)
62495 Floor Stand, 9-1/8" (232 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63352 Floor Stand, 14-3/16" (360 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63075 Floor Stand, 19" (483 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62774 Floor Stand, 25-3/4" (654 mm) height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62835 Floor Stand, 26-3/8" (670 mm) height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62682 Floor Stand, 29-19/32" (752 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62811 Floor Stand, 30" (762 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62821 Floor Stand, 32" (813 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63524 Floor Stand, 33-1/2" (851 mm) height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62714 Floor Stand, 36-7/8" (937 mm) height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62609 Floor Stand, 41-1/4" (1048 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63575 Floor Stand, 42-7/16" (1078 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
ALTERNATE FLOOR STANDS WITH CASTERS* (REPLACES ITEM 11)
16 62681 Floor Stand, casters, 16-1/2" (419 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62680 Floor Stand, casters, 17-3/8" (441 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62673 Floor Stand, casters, 19-3/4" (502 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62676 Floor Stand, casters, 20-7/8" (530 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62794 Floor Stand, casters, 21-1/8" (537 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62831 Floor Stand, casters, 21-7/8" (556 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62801 Floor Stand, casters, 22-1/2" (572 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62486 Floor Stand, casters, 23-1/4" (591 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62826 Floor Stand, casters, 23-7/8" (606 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62804 Floor Stand, casters, 24-7/8" (632 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62806 Floor Stand, casters, 26-3/8" (670 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63530 Floor Stand, casters, 26-25/32" (680 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62787 Floor Stand, casters, 27-1/8" (689 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63387 Floor Stand, casters, 27-9/32" (693 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62892 Floor Stand, casters, 28-3/8" (721 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62807 Floor Stand, casters, 29-1/4" (743 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62580 Floor Stand, casters, 29-1/2" (749 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62862 Floor Stand, casters, 29-19/32" (752 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62798 Floor Stand, casters, 31-3/8" (797 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63555 Floor Stand, casters, 32-1/4" (819 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62890 Floor Stand, casters, 36" (914 mm) height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63242 Floor Stand, casters, 38-3/8" (975 mm) height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12384 Plate Caster Assembly, set of 4 with fasteners, (includes items 17–20) . . . . 1
17 12477 Swivel Caster, plate type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18 12528 Rigid Caster, plate type, (attach to legs at feed/discharge end) . . . . . . . . 2
19 10058 Hex Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 1", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
20 10249 Hex Nut, 3/8-16, s.s., locking, thick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

* Some alternate floor stands vary in appearance from the illustration; consult the factory for dimensions.

83
PARTS
Oil Mist Lubricator Assembly

45

36
41
43
44

42
RED

1 2 3 4
BLACK

29

4 BROWN

20 BLUE

4 PRESSURE
SWITCH
LOW OIL
LEVEL SWITCH

URSCHEL PART NO. 63328

WIRING DIAGRAM LOCATED


19 40 ON INSIDE COVER OF
1 TERMINAL JUNCTION BOX
38
39
19
2
23
36
11
24 21 7
7
9
37 26 17
22
16 31 3
32 10

20 33 63314 OIL MIST


16 34 LUBRICATOR
(DISCONTINUED)
31
8
30
40

15

35
5
28 6
15
12
46 25
14
27
18
12 47
13 TO SPINDLE

84
PARTS
Oil Mist Lubricator Assembly
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 64050 Oil Mist Lubricator Assembly, (includes items 1–40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 10018 Hex Nut, 8-32, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 10356 Round Head Machine Screw, 8-32 x 5/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 10037 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 10230 Hex Nut, 1/4-20, s.s., locking, thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
5 10229 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 1-1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 11426 1/4" Tube to 1/8" Pipe, male . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 11432 Nipple, 1/4" x 7/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 11433 Elbow, 90 degree, 1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 11434 Shut Off Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 11440 Hose Fitting, 1/4". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 11471 Elbow, 1/4", 90 degree, male/female . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 11476 Tee, 1/4", female . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 11477 Pipe Plug, 1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 11484 Hex Nipple, 1/4". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 11485 1/4" Tube to 1/4" Pipe, male . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
16 11487 Nipple, 1/4" x 2" long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 11509 Conduit Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 11534 Cable Tie, small, 99 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
19 11558 Seal Nut, 1/2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
20 11570 Cord Connector, straight, .250/.375" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
21 11597 Seal Washer, 1/16" x 7/8" x 1-1/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
22 11610 Cord Connector, straight, .250/.375" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 11611 Lock Nut, 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 11612 Seal Washer, 1/16" x 7/8" x 1-1/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 13465 Cable Tie Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
26 63914 Filter/Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 64049 Oil Mist Lubricator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 64053 Lubricator Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 63328 Wiring Diagram, oil mist lubricator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 63918 Coalescing Filter With Plug, (includes items 31–35) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 63912 Coalescing Filter, (includes item 32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 63919 Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 63642 Drain Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 63917 Seal Washer, 5/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 63913 Nut, 5/8-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 64051 Lubricator Panel, (includes terminal box and cover) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 71247 Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 71289 Terminal Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 71538 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
40 64056 Urethane Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
41 71566 Spacer, lubricator panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 63338 Fastener Assembly for Lubricator, (includes items 42–44) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
42 10047 Hex Head Cap Screw, 5/16-18 x 1", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
43 10306 Hex Nut, 5/16-18, s.s., locking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
44 62393 Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
45 64054 Lubricator Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

NOTE: Tubing used in this assembly is nylon, 1/4" O.D., .150" I.D.

REPAIR PARTS FOR OIL MIST LUBRICATOR 64049


— 64062 Oil Mist Lubricator Sight Gauge Kit (includes sight tube and seals) . . . . . 1
46 63604 Float Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

REPAIR PARTS FOR OIL MIST LUBRICATOR 63314 (DISCONTINUED, IN USE PRIOR TO 64049)
— 63616 Oil Mist Lubricator Sight Gauge Kit (includes sight tube, rods,
nuts & gasket) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
47 63604 Float Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

85
PARTS
Lubricator Plumbing Assembly

SPINDLE

10
14 5
15

17
12 3
13
8
11

9 4
1
2 7

16

TO OIL MIST
LUBRICATOR

86
PARTS
Lubricator Plumbing Assembly
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63658 Lubricator Plumbing Assembly, (includes items 1–17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 10013 Lock Washer, 1/4", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 10037 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 1/2", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 10232 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 5/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 11431 Union, 1/4" tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 11458 Elbow, 90 degree, 1/4" tube to 1/4" male . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 11463 Elbow, 1/4" tube, 90 degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 27226 Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 62134 Oil Line Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 62136 Oil Drain Tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 62153 Adapter Plate Assembly, (includes items 11–15) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 62154 Adapter Plate with Tubes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 62124 Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 62141 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 2-3/8" x 2-5/8". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 62128 “O” Ring, 1/16" x 1/4" x 3/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 10248 Socket Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 1/2", Nylok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
16 63657 Oil Mist Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 __ Nylon Tube, 1/4" O.D., .150" I.D., 36" long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

87
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .500 Microcut (62270)

17 16

18 15

11

13

12
14
10 30 23
22
31
9

8
7

5 24
21
19 26
25
20

2 28
27

1
33
6 32
3 29

36
34

SPINDLE
(NO SEAL)
37
35

88
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .500 Microcut (62270)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 62270 Feed Assembly, .500 microcut, 1500, (includes items 1–18). . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 62726 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 66664 Impeller, 6 paddle, .500 microcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 62194 Stud, 3/8-16 x 2-5/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 17031 Clamp Washer, .39 I.D. x 1.25 O.D. x .19" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 10249 Hex Nut, 3/8-16, s.s., locking, thick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 62281 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 9" x 9-1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 62620 Feed Adapter, .500 impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
14 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
15 63689 Funnel Hopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
18 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 * Microcut Head, (includes item 20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
21 63691 Conical Feed Adapter, (replaces item 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 63256 Feed Adapter, 2" threaded**, .500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31) . . . . . 1
23 62338 Feed Adapter, 3" threaded**, 500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31). . . . . . 1
24 62554 Feed Adapter, 4" threaded**, .500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31) . . . . . 1
25 62592 Feed Adapter, 4.5 x 6" pipe, .500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31) . . . . . . 1
26 62283 Feed Adapter, 4.50 x 11" pipe, .500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31) . . . . 1
27 62818 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, .500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31) . . . . . . 1
28 62788 Feed Adapter, 4" Tri-Clamp, .500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31) . . . . . 1
29 62434 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, .500 impeller, (includes items 30 & 31) . . . . . . 1
30 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
32 66057 Impeller, .500 microcut, 5 blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 67145 Impeller, 6 paddle, .500 impeller, Urschalloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63866 Funnel Hopper, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

89
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .500 Microcut w/Seal (62893)
21 20

22 19

15

17

16 18

14 27 26
13 34
35

12

28
8 9 25 30
10
29
11
24 23

33

3
4 2 31
32
5

38
7

1 36

6 39
37
SPINDLE
(WITH SEAL)

90
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .500 Microcut w/Seal (62893)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 62893 Feed Assembly, .500 microcut, with seal, 1500, (includes items 1–22) . . . . 1
1 62858 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 61337 Face Seal, (includes items 3–4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 61338 Nose Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 61342 “O” Ring, 3/32" x 2-13/16" x 3". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 66779 Impeller, 6 paddle, .500 microcut, seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 61827 Mating Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 62844 Seal Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 10305 Socket Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 3/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
12 10111 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 7/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
13 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 62281 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 9" x 9-1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 62620 Feed Adapter, .500 impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
18 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 63689 Funnel Hopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
22 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
23 * Microcut Head, (includes item 24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
25 63691 Conical Feed Adapter, (replaces item 20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 63256 Feed Adapter, 2" threaded**, .500 impeller, (includes items 34 & 35) . . . . . 1
27 62338 Feed Adapter, 3" threaded**, .500 impeller, (includes items 34 & 35) . . . . . 1
28 62554 Feed Adapter, 4" threaded**, .500 impeller, (includes items 34 & 35) . . . . . 1
29 62592 Feed Adapter, 4.50" x 6" pipe, .500 impeller, (includes items 34 & 35) . . . . 1
30 62283 Feed Adapter, 4.50" x 11" pipe, .500 impeller, (includes items 34 & 35). . . . 1
31 62434 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, .500 impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 62818 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, .500 impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 62788 Feed Adapter, 4" Tri-Clamp, .500 impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
36 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63900 Seal Retaining Ring, 316L, (replaces item 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63866 Funnel Hopper, 316L, s.s., (replaces item 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

91
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut w/Seal (63228)

21 20

22 19

13

15

14 18

17
16

12 26 31
25
32

9 8 27
28
10
11
24
29
23
30

3
4 2

7 35

1
33

6
36
34
SPINDLE
(WITH SEAL)

92
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut w/Seal (63228)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63228 Feed Assembly, .650 microcut, with seal, Veri-cut, (includes items 1–22) . . 1
1 62873 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 61337 Face Seal, (includes items 3–4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 61338 Nose Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 61342 “O” Ring, 3/32" x 2-13/16" x 3". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 66790 Impeller, 9 paddle, .650 Veri-cut, seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 61827 Mating Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 62844 Seal Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 10305 Socket Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 3/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
12 10111 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 7/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
13 62697 Feed Adapter, Veri-cut impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 62281 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 9" x 9-1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 63689 Funnel Hopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
22 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
23 * Microcut Head, (includes item 24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
25 63691 Conical Feed Hopper, (replaces item 20). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 63932 Feed Adapter, 2" thread**, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 62741 Feed Adapter, 3" thread**, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 63081 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . 1
29 63506 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . 1
30 62887 Feed Adapter, 3" “I” Line, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
33 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63900 Seal Retaining Ring, 316L, (replaces item 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

93
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut (63433)

15 14

16 13

8
11
12
10

20 25
6
26

5 21
22
17
19
18
23
24

2
27
4

1
30
3

28

SPINDLE 31
(NO SEAL)
29

94
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut (63433)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63433 Feed Assembly, .650 microcut, Veri-cut, (includes items 1–16) . . . . . . . . . 1


1 62698 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 67004 Impeller, 9 paddle, .650 Veri-cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 10112 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 1", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
7 62697 Feed Adapter, Veri-cut impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
10 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 62281 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 9" x 9-1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 63689 Funnel Hopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
17 * Microcut Head, (includes item 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
19 63691 Conical Feed Hopper, (replaces item 14). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 63932 Feed Adapter, 2" thread**, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 62741 Feed Adapter, 3" thread**, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 63081 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, Veri- cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . 1
23 63506 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . 1
24 62887 Feed Adapter, 3" “I” Line, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
27 67156 Impeller, 9 paddle, .650 Veri-cut, HD, (replaces item 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

95
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut (63434)
18 17

19

11
10 12

14

13
15

16
9

8
28
7 23 24
29

20
25
21
22
27

2 26

6
3 32

30

SPINDLE
(NO SEAL) 33

31

96
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut (63434)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63434 Feed Assembly, .650 microcut, Uni-cut, (includes items 1–19) . . . . . . . . . 1


1 62698 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 66942 Impeller, 9 paddle, .650 Uni-cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 62195 Stud, 3/8-16 x 1-15/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 17031 Clamp Washer, .39 I.D. x 1.25 O.D. x .19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 10249 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 62719 Feed Adapter, 3" with hopper, Uni-cut impeller, (includes items 11 & 12). . 1
11 63748 Actuator Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
15 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16 62281 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 9" x 9-1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
20 * Microcut Head, (includes item 21) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
22 63691 Conical Feed Hopper, (replaces item 17). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 62800 Feed Adapter, 3" threaded**, Uni-cut, (includes items 28 & 29) . . . . . . . . . 1
24 62786 Feed Adapter, 2" threaded**, Uni-cut, (includes items 28 & 29) . . . . . . . . . 1
25 63038 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, Uni-cut, (includes items 28 & 29) . . . . . . . . . 1
26 63093 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, Uni-cut, (includes items 28 & 29) . . . . . . . . . 1
27 62715 Feed Adapter, 3 x 10" tube, Uni-cut, (includes items 28 & 29) . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
30 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63899 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, Uni-cut, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

97
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut w/Seal (63435)
22 21

23

15
14 16

18

17
20

19
13

12

32
27 28
9 33
8
10

11 26
25 29

24
31

30
3 34
4 2

7 37

1
35

6 38
36
SPINDLE
(WITH SEAL)

98
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut w/Seal (63435)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63435 Feed Assembly, .650 microcut with seal, Uni-cut, (includes items 1–23) . . . 1
1 62873 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 61337 Face Seal, (includes items 3–4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 61338 Nose Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 61342 “O” Ring, 3/32" x 2-13/16" x 3". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 66806 Impeller, 9 paddle, .650 Uni-cut, seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 61827 Mating Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 62844 Seal Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 10305 Socket Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 3/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
12 10111 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 7/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
13 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 62719 Feed Adapter, 3" with hopper, Uni-cut impeller, (includes items 15 & 16) . 1
15 63748 Actuator Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 62281 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 9" x 9-1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
20 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
21 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
23 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
24 * Microcut Head, (includes item 25) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
26 63691 Conical Feed Hopper, (replaces item 21). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 62800 Feed Adapter, 3" threaded**, Uni-cut, (includes items 32 & 33) . . . . . . . . . 1
28 62786 Feed Adapter, 2" threaded**, Uni-cut, (includes items 32 & 33) . . . . . . . . . 1
29 63038 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, Uni-cut, (includes items 32 & 33) . . . . . . . . . 1
30 63093 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, Uni-cut, (includes items 32 & 33) . . . . . . . . . 1
31 62715 Feed Adapter, 3 x 10" Tube, Uni-cut, (includes items 32 & 33) . . . . . . . . . 1
32 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
34 67158 Impeller, 9 paddle, .650 uni-cut, seal, Urschalloy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63900 Seal Retaining Ring, 316L, (replaces item 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

99
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut (63699)
15 14

16 13

8
12

11
10

20 25
6
26

5 21
22
17

18 19

23
24
2

1
29
3

27

SPINDLE 30
(NO SEAL)
28

100
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut (63699)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63699 Feed Assembly, .650 microcut, (includes items 1–16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 62185 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 66060 Impeller, 6 paddle, .650 microcut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 10113 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 1-1/4", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
7 62623 Feed Adapter, .650 impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
10 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 62281 “O” Ring, 9-1/4 x 9 x1/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
12 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
13 63689 Funnel Hopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
17 * Microcut Head, (includes item 18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
19 63691 Conical Feed Hopper, (replaces item 14). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 63932 Feed Adapter, 2" thread**, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 62741 Feed Adapter, 3" threaded**, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26). . . . . . . . . 1
22 63081 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . 1
23 63506 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . 1
24 62887 Feed Adapter, 3" “I” Line, Veri-cut, (includes items 25 & 26) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
27 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63866 Funnel Hopper, 316L, s.s., (replaces item 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

101
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut w/Seal (63700)

21 20

22 19

13

15

14 18

17
16

26 31
12
32

9 27
8 28
10
11
24
25
23 29

3
4 2
5
7
35
1

33

SPINDLE 36
(WITH SEAL)
34

102
PARTS
Feed Assembly, .650 Microcut w/Seal (63700)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63700 Feed Assembly, .650 microcut, with seal, (includes items 1–22) . . . . . . . . 1
1 62873 Lower Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 61337 Face Seal, (includes items 3–4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 61338 Nose Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 61342 “O” Ring, 3/32" x 2-13/16" x 3". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7 62180 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 5-5/8" x 5-7/8", Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 66783 Impeller, 5 paddle, .650 microcut, seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 61827 Mating Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 62844 Seal Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 10305 Socket Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 3/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
12 10111 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 7/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
13 62623 Feed Adapter, .650 impeller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 62175 Wear Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 10258 Hex Nut, 10-32, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16 62271 Cutting Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 62281 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 9" x 9-1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18 62287 Hand Knob With Washer, 5/16-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 63689 Funnel Hopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
22 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
23 * Microcut Head, (includes item 24) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 * Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ALTERNATE PARTS
25 63691 Conical Feed Hopper, (replaces item 20). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 63932 Feed Adapter, 2" thread**, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 62741 Feed Adapter, 3" threaded**, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32). . . . . . . . . 1
28 63081 Feed Adapter, 2" Tri-Clamp, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . 1
29 63506 Feed Adapter, 3" Tri-Clamp, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . 1
30 62887 Feed Adapter, 3" “I” Line, Veri-cut, (includes items 31 & 32) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 63748 Actuator Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 10257 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
33 62352 Cutting Enclosure, 3" sanitary thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 62817 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 63094 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, angled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 63104 Cutting Enclosure, 3" threaded, angled. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


63900 Seal Retaining Ring, 316L, (replaces item 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63866 Funnel Hopper, 316L, s.s., (replaces item 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63826 Cutting Enclosure, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63837 Cutting Enclosure, 3" Tri-Clamp, 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See Microcut Head Assemblies, pages 108–111.


** Sanitary Acme thread, bevel seat fitting.

103
PARTS
Spindle Assembly (oil mist lubricated)

8
9
10

5, 27

6, 28
1, 24 3, 25

15

4, 26

17

11

20
18 21
22

12

13

23
19

16
14

104
PARTS
Spindle Assembly (oil mist lubricated)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 62126 Spindle Assembly, mist, no seal, (includes items 1 & 2, & 4–22). . . . . . . . 1
1 62114 Shaft, impeller, (includes item 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 10221 Dowel Pin, 1/4" x1/2" s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
— 62855 Spindle Assembly, mist with seal, (includes items 3–22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 62841 Shaft, impeller with seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 62100 Bearing Housing, s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 62109 Upper Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 62107 “O” Ring, 1/8 x 3-3/4 x 4", Nitrile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 63868 Bearing Housing Sleeve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 62110 Seal and Mating Ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 63676 Sealing Screw, 1/4-20, (includes item 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10 63407 “O” Ring, 1/16 x 1/4 x 3/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 62117 Spacer, spindle bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 62120 Bearing Lock Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 62121 Wavy Spring Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
14 10235 Socket Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
15 12229 Key, 1/4 x 1/4 x 1-3/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 10131 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 3/4", Nylok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 63949 Ball Bearing, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 63947 Ball Bearings, pair, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 62127 Lower Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 62124 Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 62141 “O” Ring, 1/8 x 2-3/8 x 2-5/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 62128 “O” Ring, 1/16 x 1/4 x 3/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 62425 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 1" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


— 63921 Spindle Assembly, mist, no seal, 316L, (includes items 7–22 above and
items 24 & 26–28 below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 63730 Shaft, impeller, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 63922 Spindle Assembly, mist, with seal, 316L, (includes items 7–22 above and
items 25–28 below) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 63717 Shaft, impeller with seal, 316L, s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 63718 Bearing Housing, 316L, s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 63716 Upper Bearing Retainer, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 63308 “O” Ring, 1/8 x 3-3/4 x 4", Viton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

NOTE: Urschel Laboratories recommends that spindle assemblies be returned to the factory for repair. See page 49
for further information.

105
PARTS
Spindle Assembly (grease lubricated)

8
9
10

7, 25

1, 23 3, 24

15

4, 26

17 21

11

18

12

13

22
19

20
14
16

106
PARTS
Spindle Assembly (grease lubricated)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 62099 Spindle Assembly, grease, no seal, (includes items 1 & 2, & 4–21) . . . . . . 1
1 62114 Shaft, impeller, (includes item 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 10221 Dowel, 1/4" x1/2", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
— 63710 Spindle Assembly, grease with seal, (includes items 3–21) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 62841 Shaft, impeller with seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 62100 Bearing Housing, s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 63868 Bearing Housing Sleeve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 62107 “O” Ring, 1/8" x 3-3/4" x 4", Nitrile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 62109 Upper Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 62110 Seal and Mating Ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 63676 Sealing Screw, 1/4-20, (includes item 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10 63407 “O” Ring, 1/16" x 1/4" x 3/8", Viton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 62117 Spacer, spindle bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 62120 Bearing Lock Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 62121 Wavy Spring Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
14 10235 Socket Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
15 12229 Key, 1/4" x 1/4" x 1-3/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 10131 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 3/4", Nylok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 63950 Ball Bearing, grease packed, shielded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 63948 Ball Bearings, pair, s.s., grease packed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 62123 Lower Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 62124 Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 62125 Rubber Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 62425 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 1" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

PARTS AVAILABLE IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


23 63730 Shaft, impeller, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 63717 Shaft, impeller with seal, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 63716 Upper Bearing Retainer, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 63718 Bearing Housing, 316L, s.s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

NOTE: Do not operate grease lubricated spindles at speeds greater than 7200 RPM.

NOTE: Urschel Laboratories recommends that spindle assemblies be returned to the factory for repair. See page 49
for further information.

107
PARTS
Microcut Head Assembly
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
— * Microcut Head Assembly, (includes items 1–12). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 * Upper Blade Holding Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 * Microcut Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
3 * Lower Blade Holding Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 * Backing Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 66007 Microcut Head Subassembly, (includes items 5–12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 66008 Lower Ring Assembly, microcut, (includes item 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 10222 Dowel Pin, 3/16" x 3/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7 66017 Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
8 66827 Retaining Ring, Buna-N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 66015 Upper Ring, microcut head, (includes item 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 10260 Dowel Pin, 3/16" x 1/4", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 66016 Hex Head Cap Screw, special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 62286 Hex Stud, 5/16-18 x 1.25" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

— 67025 ‡ Microcut Head Subassembly, 316L, (includes items 13–20) . . . . . . . . . 1


13 67026 Lower Ring Assembly, microcut head, 316L, (includes item 14) . . . . . 1
14 10385 Dowel, 3/16" x 3/8", 316 s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 67042 Hex Head Cap Screw, special, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
16 67069 Retaining Ring, White EPDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 67029 Upper Ring, 316L, (includes item 18). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 10386 Dowel, 3/16" x 1/4", 316 s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
19 67046 Hex Head Cap Screw, special, 316L, s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
20 67047 Hex Stud, 5/16-18 x 1.25", 316L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
* See charts, pages 109 & 110.
‡ Optional subassembly in 316L stainless steel

12, 20
SPECIFICATIONS
11, 19 (see charts on following pages)
Numerical Description
9, 17 180084-2-R
10, 18 NUMBER BLADE BLADE TIP REVERSE BLADE
OF BLADES THICKNESS in degrees HOLDING RINGS
10, 18 (without number (without “R” uses
indicates no tip) standard rings)
.084"
1

8, 16
BLADE TIP CENTER
ANGLE LINE

3 BLADES

6, 14

7, 15
5, 13 OPENING
6, 14
DEPTH OF CUT
IMPELLER
108
PARTS
Microcut Head Assembly w/Tungsten Carbide Blades

Specifications Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4


Microcut Numerical Depth of Cut Opening Upper Blade Lower Blade Backing
Head Assembly Description (inches) (inches) Holding Ring Blade Qty. Holding Ring Ring
66375 050156 .0237 .2214 66376 66716 50 66377 66012
67003 050156-10 .0886 .2198 67001 66716 50 67002 67000
66536 070156 .0121 .1137 66537 66716 70 66538 66012
66400 080156 .0093 .0800 66218 66716 80 66219 66012
66371 090156 .0073 .0538 66369 66716 90 66370 66012
66054 100156 .0059 .0328 66040 66716 100 66041 66012
66392 140084 .0030 .0508 66018 66638 140 66019 66012
66711 140084-10 .0264 .0492 66712 66638 140 66713 66655
66987 150084-10 .0244 .0403 66985 66638 150 66986 66655
66221 160084 .0023 .0339 66022 66638 160 66023 66012
67005 160084-2 .0064 .0339 67006 66638 160 67007 66659
66666 160084-5 .0126 .0337 66667 66638 160 66668 66669
67111 165084-2 .0062 .0303 67112 66638 165 67113 66659
66931 170084-2 .0059 .0270 66932 66638 170 66933 66659
67077 170084-5 .0117 .0267 67078 66638 170 67079 66669
66053 180084 .0018 .0208 66026 66638 180 66027 66012
66883 180084-1 .0037 .0208 66881 66638 180 66882 66695
66657 180084-2 .0055 .0208 66660 66638 180 66661 66659
67080 180084-5 .0110 .0206 67081 66638 180 67082 66669
66384 190084 .0016 .0153 66030 66638 190 66031 66012
67146 190084-1 .0034 .0153 67119 66638 190 67120 66695
66729 190084-2 .0051 .0153 66730 66638 190 66731 66659
67083 190084-5 .0103 .0151 67084 66638 190 67085 66669
66361 200084 .0015 .0103 66032 66638 200 66033 66012
66692 200084-1 .0031 .0103 66675 66638 200 66676 66695
66688 200084-2 .0048 .0103 66689 66638 200 66690 66659
66893 206084 .0014 .0076 66894 66638 206 66895 66012
67052 206084-1 .0030 .0076 67050 66638 206 67051 66695
66358 212084 .0013 .0050 66036 66638 212 66037 66012
66876 212084-1 .0029 .0050 66874 66638 212 66875 66695
66493 216084 .0013 .0033 66263 66638 216 66264 66012
67055 216084-1 .0028 .0033 67023 66638 216 67024 66695
67013 218084 .0012 .0025 67015 66638 218 67016 66012
67014 220084 .0012 .0018 67017 66638 220 67018 66012
66379 222084 .0012 .0010 66380 66638 222 66381 66012

109
PARTS
Microcut Head Assemblies (316L Parts & Zirconia Blades)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
OPTIONAL MICROCUT BLADES. SEE PAGES 22 & 23 FOR INFORMATION ON THE USE OF THESE BLADES.
— 67150 Microcut Blade, .084", carbide, hard, (replaces item 2, page 108) . . . . . . . —
— 67087 Microcut Blade, .084", carbide, relieved, (replaces item 2, page 108) . . . . . —

Refer to page 108 for part identification by item number and explanation of numerical description and specifications.

OPTIONAL MICROCUT HEAD ASSEMBLIES IN 316L STAINLESS STEEL


MICROCUT HEAD ASSEMBLY, 316L S.S.
Microcut Specifications Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4
Head Assembly Numerical Depth of Cut Opening Upper Blade Lower Blade Backing
316L Description (inches) (inches) Holding Ring Blade Qty. Holding Ring Ring
67075 140084 .0030 .0508 67072 66638 140 67073 66012
— 140084-10 .0264 .0492 67133 66638 140 67134 66655
— 150084-10 .0244 .0403 67135 66638 150 67136 66655
67074 160084 .0023 .0339 67070 66638 160 67071 66012
67045 160084-5 .0126 .0337 67030 66638 160 67031 66669
67060 170084-2 .0059 .0270 67058 66638 170 67059 66659
67044 180084-2 .0055 .0208 67037 66638 180 67038 66659
— 190084 .0016 .0153 67163 66638 190 67164 66012
67182 190084-1 .0034 .0153 67167 66638 190 67168 66695
— 190084-2 .0051 .0153 67139 66638 190 67140 66659
67102 200084 .0015 .0103 67103 66638 200 67104 66012
— 200084-1 .0031 .0103 67056 66638 200 67057 66695
67121 200084-2 .0048 .0103 67122 66638 200 67123 66659
— 206084-1 .0030 .0076 67131 66638 206 67132 66695
67096 212084 .0013 .0050 67098 66638 212 67099 66012
67068 212084-1 .0029 .0050 67053 66638 212 67054 66695
67097 216084 .0013 .0033 67100 66638 216 67101 66012
67043 222084 .0012 .0010 67040 66638 222 67041 66012

NOTE: Backing rings and blades are not made of 316L stainless steel.

OPTIONAL MICROCUT HEAD ASSEMBLIES WITH ZIRCONIA BLADES


MICROCUT HEAD ASSEMBLY, ZIRCONIA BLADES
Microcut Specifications Item 1 Item 2 Item 3 Item 4
Head Assembly Numerical Depth of Cut Opening Upper Blade Lower Blade Backing
w/Zirconia Blades Description (inches) (inches) Holding Ring Blade Qty. Holding Ring Ring
66989 140084 .0030 .0508 66018 66903 140 66019 66012
66990 140084-10 .0264 .0492 66712 66903 140 66713 66655
66991 150084-10 .0244 .0403 66985 66903 150 66986 66655
66988 160084 .0023 .0339 66022 66903 160 66023 66012
66992 160084-5 .0126 .0337 66667 66903 160 66668 66669
66993 170084-2 .0059 .0270 66932 66903 170 66933 66659
66905 180084 .0018 .0208 66026 66903 180 66027 66012
66907 180084-1 .0037 .0208 66881 66903 180 66882 66695
66909 180084-2 .0055 .0208 66660 66903 180 66661 66659
66911 190084 .0016 .0153 66030 66903 190 66031 66012
66913 190084-2 .0051 .0153 66730 66903 190 66731 66659
66915 200084 .0015 .0103 66032 66903 200 66033 66012
66917 200084-1 .0031 .0103 66675 66903 200 66676 66695
66919 200084-2 .0048 .0103 66689 66903 200 66690 66659
66921 206084 .0014 .0076 66894 66903 206 66895 66012
66923 212084 .0013 .0050 66036 66903 212 66037 66012
66925 212084-1 .0029 .0050 66874 66903 212 66875 66695
66927 216084 .0013 .0033 66263 66903 216 66264 66012
66929 222084 .0012 .0010 66380 66903 222 66381 66012

110
PARTS
Reverse Blade Holding Rings & Backing Rings
The following chart contains part numbers for reverse blade holding rings and reduced diameter backing rings for
use with re-ground microcut blades. The “R” suffix in the numerical description indicates reverse rings. See page
64 for information on the use of these parts.
Backing Ring, Backing Ring,
Numerical Upper Blade Lower Blade use with new use with re-ground
Description Holding Ring (R) Holding Ring (R) blades (.375" wide) blades (.335" wide)
140084-R 66949 66950 66012 66845
140084-10-R 66951 66952 66655 66983
150084-10-R 67152 67153 66655 66983
160084-R 66953 66954 66012 66845
160084-5-R 66955 66956 66669 66984
170084-2-R 66957 66958 66659 66739
180084-R 66959 66960 66012 66845
180084-1-R 66961 66962 66695 66889
180084-2-R 66963 66964 66659 66739
180084-5-R 67137 67138 66669 66984
180084-10-R 67141 67142 66655 66983
190084-R 66965 66966 66012 66845
190084-2-R 66967 66968 66659 66739
190084-5-R 67147 67148 66669 66984
200084-R 66969 66970 66012 66845
200084-1-R 66971 66972 66695 66889
200084-2-R 66934 66935 66659 66739
206084-R 66973 66974 66012 66845
206084-1-R 67124 67125 66695 66889
212084-R 66975 66976 66012 66845
212084-1-R 66977 66978 66695 66889
216084-R 66979 66980 66012 66845
216084-1-R 67062 67063 66695 66889
222084-R 66981 66982 66012 66845

180084-2-R 67159 (316L s.s.) 67160 (316L s.s.) 66659 66739


190084-1-R 67161 (316L s.s.) 67162 (316L s.s.) 66695 66889
200084-1-R 67088 (316L s.s.) 67089 (316L s.s.) 66695 66889
212084-R 67105 (316L s.s.) 67106 (316L s.s.) 66012 66845

111
PARTS
Motor and Drive Parts

11

1
12

13

10

7 9
8

16 18

14

15
19
17

18

112
PARTS
Motor and Drive Parts
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
1* 63869 Motor, with brake, 15 H.P., 200-208-230/460 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63873 Motor, with brake, 30 H.P., 200-208-230/460 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63876 Motor, with brake, 40 H.P., 200-208-230/460 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63870 Motor, with brake, 15 H.P., 230 Y-D/400 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63874 Motor, with brake, 30 H.P., 220-240 Y-D/380-415 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63877 Motor, with brake, 40 H.P., 230 Y-D/400 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63871 Motor, with brake, 15 H.P., 400 volts Y-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63875 Motor, with brake, 30 H.P., 380-415 volts Y-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63878 Motor, with brake, 40 H.P., 380-415 volts Y-D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63872 Motor, with brake, 15 H.P., 575 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63933 Motor, with brake, 30 H.P., 575 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63879 Motor, with brake, 40 H.P., 575 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 62783 Motor Mounting Assembly, (includes items 2–9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 62041 Motor Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 62042 Motor Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 10077 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/2-13 x 2-1/4", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5 11945 Washer, .531 I.D. x 1.0625 x .1875" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6 62220 Key, 3/8" x 3/8" x 2-1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 62057 Motor Pulley Retainer, (used with 62442 & 62335 motor pulley assembly) 1
8 10250 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s., Nylok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
9 10131 Socket Head Cap Screw, 3/8-16 x 3/4", Nylok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 † Motor Pulley Assembly, (includes items 11–13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 † Motor Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 † Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 † Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s., Nylok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . †
14 † Spindle Pulley Assembly, (includes items 15–18) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 † Spindle Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 † Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 † Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 10250 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2", s.s., Nylok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
19 † Timing Belt, static conductive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See pages 114–119 for motor brake information.


† See chart below

Impeller Impeller ITEM 10 MOTOR PULLEY ASSEMBLY ITEM 14 SPINDLE PULLEY ASSEMBLY ITEM 19 TIMING BELT
RPM **RPM Assy. No. Item 11 Item 12 Item 13 Assy. No. Item 15 Item 16 Item 17 Part Belt Belt
(60 Hz) (50 Hz) No. Teeth Pulley Flange Screw Qty. No. Teeth Pulley Flange Flange No. Specs. Lgth
3600 3000 62335 23 62068 62224 — — 62070 23 62071 62072 62073 63714 600H200 60"
— 3450 62335 23 62068 62224 — — 62074 20 62075 62076 62077 63714 600H200 60"
5634 4695 62064 36 62065 62066 10250 6 62070 23 62071 62072 62073 63713 630H200 63"
7200 6000 62061 46 62062 62063 10250 6 62070 23 62071 62072 62073 63712 660H200 66"
8295 6913 62058 53 62059 62060 10250 8 62070 23 62071 62072 62073 63712 660H200 66"
9390 7825 62054 60 62055 62056 10250 8 62070 23 62071 62072 62073 63711 700H200 70"
— 9000 62054 60 62055 62056 10250 8 62074 20 62075 62076 62077 63711 700H200 70"

** EXPORT ONLY — Motor Speed 3000 RPM

 CAUTION: Do not operate the Model 1500 at higher than recommended impeller speeds. To do so could cre-
ate a safety hazard and cause excessive wear on machine parts.

113
PARTS
Motor Brake, (Stearns 87000 Rev B)

4
8
9 10

6
5

7
3

13
8
12

14

11

17
17

20 18

16
19

15

114
PARTS
Motor Brake, (Stearns 87000 Rev B)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— * Brake Assembly, vertical, 25 lbs/ft, 200-240 volt coil


(includes items 3–20). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 63925 Brake Assembly, vertical, 50 lbs/ft, 200-240 volt coil, 1-5/8" diameter hub,
(includes items 1–20). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 63883 Stationary Disc, (includes item 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 63893 Vertical Spring, red . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 63882 Friction Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . **
4 63884 Pressure Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 63885 Vertical Spring, (used with 50 lbs/ft brake only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63937 Vertical Spring, blue, (used with 25 lbs/ft brake only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 63888 Housing and Side Release, (includes item 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 63558 Side Manual Release Replacement Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 63565 Gasket, housing to end plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 63559 Housing Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
10 63613 "O"-Ring, 3/32" x 1/2" x 11/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
11 * Support Plate Assembly, (includes items 12–16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 63660 Pressure Spring Tube Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 63661 Pressure Spring - Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 63880 Terminal Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 63887 Solenoid Lever & Pinion Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 63886 Support Plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 63521 Solenoid Coil,.115 volts, (with plunger guides) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63688 Solenoid Coil, 200-240 volts, 50/60 Hz, (with plunger guides) . . . . . . . . 1
63694 Solenoid Coil Kit, 400 volts, 50/60 Hz, (with plunger guides) . . . . . . . . . 1
63348 Solenoid Coil, 575 volts, (with plunger guides) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 63889 Seal, endplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 63927 Splined Hub, 1-1/8" Bore, with set screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63928 Splined Hub, 1-3/8" Bore, with set screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
64063 Splined Hub, 1-5/8" Bore, with set screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 63980 End Plate & Seal Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* Consult factory.
** 50 lbs/ft. brake uses a quantity of 2; 25 lbs/ft. brake uses a quantity of 1.

NOTE: See brake manufacturer's instructions for additional information.

NOTE: Check the motor brake information plate attached to the brake. Older motors may use the 87000 series
brake; see page 116 for repair parts. Verify brake series number before ordering repair parts. Parts are not inter-
changeable between the 87000 and the 87000 rev B brakes.

115
PARTS
Motor Brake, 50 lbs/ft (Stearns 87000)

7
8

12
4

11

14 10
13

9
16

18

15

17

116
PARTS
Motor Brake, 50 lbs/ft (Stearns 87000)
NOTE: Some machines were sold with Stearns 87000 series brakes. While these brakes are no longer available,
the repair parts listed below can be purchased. Contact Urschel Laboratories if a complete brake assembly
replacement is necessary.

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63552 Brake Assembly, 50 lbs/ft, Stearns, vertical, used on 30 & 40 H.P. motors,
(includes items 1–18). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 63350 Stationary Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 63337 Friction Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
63687 Friction Disk, green, (for 40 H.P. motors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 63349 Pressure Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 63612 Housing and Side Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 63558 Side Manual Release Replacement Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 63565 Gasket, housing to end plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 63559 Housing Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 63613 "O"-Ring, 3/32" x 1/2" x 11/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 63556 Spring and Spacer Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 63351 Support Plate Assembly, (includes items 11–14) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 63887 Solenoid Lever and Pinion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 63521 Solenoid Coil, 115 volt, with plunger guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63688 Solenoid Coil, 200-240 volt, with plunger guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63346 Solenoid Coil, 380 volt, with plunger guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63694 Solenoid Coil, 400 volt, with plunger guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63348 Solenoid Coil, 575 volt, with plunger guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 63660 Pressure Spring Tube Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 63661 Pressure Spring Kit - Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 63655 Endplate and Seal Assembly with Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 * Square Hub And Set Screw Assembly, 50 lbs/ft, 1-3/8" Bore . . . . . . . . 1
63890 Square Hub And Set Screw Assembly, 50 lbs/ft, 1-5/8" Bore . . . . . . . . 1
63920 Square Hub And Set Screw Assembly, 50 lbs/ft, 1-1/8" Bore . . . . . . . . 1
17 63698 Seal, endplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 63953 Pin Kit, vertical above mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 63662 Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* Consult factory.

NOTE: See brake manufacturer's instructions for additional information.

117
PARTS
Motor Brake, 25 lbs/ft (Stearns 87000)

6
7

11 3

10

13 9
12
2

14 8

15

16

118
PARTS
Motor Brake, 25 lbs/ft (Stearns 87000)
NOTE: Some machines were sold with Stearns 87000 series brakes. While these brakes are no longer available,
the repair parts listed below can be purchased. Contact Urschel Laboratories if a complete brake assembly
replacement is necessary.

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— 63727 Brake Assembly, 25 lbs/ft, Stearns, 200-240 volts, 1-3/8" bore,


used on 15 H.P. motors, (includes items 1–16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 63337 Friction Disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 63349 Pressure Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 63612 Housing and Side Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 63558 Side Manual Release Replacement Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 63565 Gasket, housing to endplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 63559 Housing Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7 63613 "O"-Ring, 3/32 x 1/2 x 11/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 63556 Spring and Spacer Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 63351 Support Plate Assembly, (includes items 10–13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 63887 Solenoid Lever and Pinion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 63521 Solenoid Coil, 115 volts, with plunger guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63688 Solenoid Coil, 200-240 volts, with plunger guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63346 Solenoid Coil, 380 volts, with plunger guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63694 Solenoid Coil, 400 volts, with plunger guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
63348 Solenoid Coil, 575 volts, with plunger guides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 63660 Pressure Spring Tube Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 63661 Pressure Spring Kit - Orange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 * Square Hub And Set Screw Assembly, 50 lbs/ft, 1-3/8" Bore . . . . . . . . 1
63890 Square Hub And Set Screw Assembly, 50 lbs/ft, 1-5/8" Bore . . . . . . . . 1
63920 Square Hub And Set Screw Assembly, 50 lbs/ft, 1-1/8" Bore . . . . . . . . 1
15 63728 Endplate and Seal Assembly with Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 63698 Seal, endplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 63662 Hardware Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* Consult factory.

NOTE: See brake manufacturer's instructions for additional information.

119
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)

1
43
42 44

15

18 45
16
17 46
26 47
48 42

28
20
21 34
23

31
27 36 37
25
32

24
22 25 5
0
75
0 10
0
12
5

19 15
0

30 39

12 35
14 33
5
29
6

5
7 11
3

41 4
40 8 38
11
13
10 3
9 2

120
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.


— * Electrical Assembly, 1500, (includes items 1–16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 * Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 13408 Padlock, with chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 10625 Round Head Machine Screw, w/washer, 10-32 x 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 63737 Amplifier, (includes items 5–8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 13673 Adapter, fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 13671 Fuse, .630 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 13672 Fuse, .125 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 63755 Resistor, 22 kOhm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
9 63247 Butt Splice, (used in oil mist electrical assemblies only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
10 63755 Resistor, 22 kOhm, (used in oil mist electrical assemblies only) . . . . . . . 2
11 12633 Rubber Washer, 3/16 x 5/8 x 1/8" thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 64069 Wiring Diagram, use with oil mist lubricated spindles; see page 138 . . . . 1
64071 Wiring Diagram, use with grease lubricated spindles; see page 140 . . . . 1
13 11593 Breather/Drain, 1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 ** Heater Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
15 * Fuse, FU1, (primary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
16 * Fuse, FU2, (secondary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 * Combination Starter, (includes items 18–48) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 * Control Circuit Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 13449 Push Button, start, (includes item 20). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 60218 Rubber Boot, start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 12605 Legend Plate, I for start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 13450 Push Button, stop, (includes item 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 60219 Rubber Boot, stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 12606 Legend Plate, O for stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 12597 Pilot Light Assembly, (includes items 26 & 27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 12598 Lens, pilot light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 12599 Bulb, pilot light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 12600 Legend Plate, blank, grey, (pilot light) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 12603 Reset Button Assembly, (includes item 30) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 12604 Rubber Boot, reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 * Starter, (includes items 32–34) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 * Operating Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 * Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 63579 Auxiliary Contact, normally open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 21249 Operating Handle, NEMA type 4X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 21251 Connecting Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 21250 Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism, S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 63385 Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 63219 Motor Load Indicator, 3-1/2" face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
40 *** Door Gasket, (fitting and adhesive required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
41 21270 Quarter Turn Latch Assembly, (Industrial Enclosures). . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
21271 Quarter Turn Latch Assembly, (Hoffman Enclosures) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
42 12751 End Anchor, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
43 12930 Modular Fuse Holder, 2 pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
44 12763 Fuse Terminal, 5 x 20 mm, IEC, (includes item 45) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
45 12781 Transparent Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
46 12760 Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47 12750 Earthing Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
48 12917 Earthing Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See chart on page 123.


** See charts on pages 139 & 141.
*** Consult Urschel Laboratories, Inc.
Electrical assemblies also include safety switches and related parts; see pages 136 & 137.
(continued on page 123)

121
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)

31

31

31

32

33

32

33

18
32

33

15

16

122
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)
(continued from page 121)
(The following items refer to the parts list on page 121)

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

1 * Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

15 * Fuse, FU1 (primary). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


16 * Fuse, FU2 (secondary). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

18 * Control Circuit Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

31 * Starter, (includes items 32 & 33). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


32 * Operating Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 * Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See chart below.

Electrical Item 1 Items 15 & 16 Item 17 Item 18 Items 31, 32 & 33


Assembly Volts Motor Circuit Transformer Combin- Control
Number H.P. Breaker Fuses ation Circuit Starter Operating Overload
Oil Mist Grease FU1 FU2 Starter Transformer (Size) Coil Relay
64013 64037 200 15 21308 21307 12993 63954 51475 63296 (3) 61212 63561
64014 64038 230 15 21304 12697 21285 63956 21267 63281 (2) 60518 63560
64015 64039 460 15 21302 12692 21285 63956 21267 63281 (2) 60518 63560
64016 64040 575 15 21309 12691 21285 64057 21268 63281 (2) 60518 63560
64017 64041 200 30 21321 12712 12922 63961 21306 63297 (4) 61213 63562
64018 64042 230 30 21284 21307 12993 63954 51475 63296 (3) 61212 63561
64019 64043 460 30 21304 12697 12993 63954 51475 63296 (3) 61212 63561
64020 64044 575 30 21303 12693 12993 64058 51477 63296 (3) 61212 63561
64021 64045 200 40 21321 12712 12922 63961 21306 63297 (4) 61213 63562
64022 64046 230 40 21321 12712 12922 63961 21306 63297 (4) 61213 63562
64023 64047 460 40 21308 12697 12993 63954 51475 63296 (3) 61212 63561
64024 64048 575 40 21308 12693 12993 64058 51477 63296 (3) 61212 63561

Bold – electrical assembly includes the combination starter.

123
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)
The following pages 124–127 show electrical assemblies used prior to those currently supplied on new
machines. Repair parts are available except as noted. See pages 120–123 for assemblies currently available.

51
53
52 47

48 33

49 30

50

9
3
29
33
4 11

32
34
6 17
7 14 23 24
10
8 20

5
22
2
25 5
0
75
19
15 0 10
0
12
5

36 15
0

44 46
16 37
43
33
18
36
38
12 42

26 35
13 41 39 43
27 25
28 40
33
45
21

31

124
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
— * Electrical Assembly, 1500, (includes items 1–53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 * Combination Starter, (includes items 2–29). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 13449 Push Button, start, (includes item 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 60218 Rubber Boot, start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 12605 Legend Plate, start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 13450 Push Button, stop, (includes item 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 60219 Rubber Boot, stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 12606 Legend Plate, stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 12597 Pilot Light, (includes items 9–10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 12598 Lens, pilot light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 12599 Bulb, pilot light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 12600 Plate, pilot light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 12603 Reset Button, (includes item 13). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 12604 Rubber Boot, reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 * Starter, (includes items 15–17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 * Operating Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 * Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 63579 Auxiliary Contact, normally open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 63383 Operating Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 63384 Connecting Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 63382 Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 63385 Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 63219 Motor Load Indicator, 3-1/2" face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 11606 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
24 11607 End Section, terminal block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
25 12882 Door Gasket, (fitting and adhesive required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 13596 Fastener for Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
27 13602 Nylon Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
28 13618 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
29 13518 Earthing Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 * Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 13408 Padlock, with chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 10012 Lock Washer, 3/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
33 10625 Round Head Machine Screw, w/washer, 10-32 x 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
34 10276 Round Head Machine Screw, 10-24 x 5/16" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35 63737 **Amplifier, (includes items 36–39) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 13673 Adapter, fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
37 13671 Fuse, .630 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 13672 Fuse, .125 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 63755 Resistor, 22 kOhm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
40 63247 Butt Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
41 63755 Resistor, 22 kOhm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
42 63747 Adapter Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
43 12633 Rubber Washer, 3/16 x 5/8 x 1/8" thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
44 63759 Wiring Diagram, use with oil mist lubricated spindles; see page 142 . . . . 1
63760 Wiring Diagram, use with grease lubricated spindles; see page 143 . . . . 1
45 11593 Breather/Drain, 1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
46 *** Heater Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
47 * Control Circuit Transformer With Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
48 * Control Circuit Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
49 * Transformer Fuse, (primary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
50 * Transformer Fuse, (secondary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
51 63663 Window Replacement Kit, (includes items 52 & 53). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
52 63867 Window Gasket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
53 — Window, (not sold separately) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
* See chart on page 127.
** A retrofit assembly (part no. 63756) is required to adapt 63737 amplifier to machines currently using 63068
amplifier. Consult Urschel Laboratories for further information.
*** Consult Urschel Laboratories, Inc.
Electrical assemblies also include safety switches and related parts; see pages 136 & 137.
(continued on page 127)
125
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)

14

14

14
15
16

15

16

15

16
47
48

30 49

50

126
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (NEMA components)
(continued from page 125)
(The following items refer to the parts list on page 125)

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

14 ** Starter, (includes items 15–16). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


15 ** Operating Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 ** Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

30 ** Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

47 ** Control Circuit Transformer With Fuses, (includes items 48–50). . . . . . . 1


48 Control Circuit Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
49 ** Transformer Fuse, (primary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
50 ** Transformer Fuse, (secondary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

** See chart below.

Electrical Item 1 Items 14 15 & 16 Item 30 Item 47 Item 48 Items 49 & 50


Assembly Volts Motor Combin- Circuit Control Control Transformer Fuses
Number* H.P. ation Starter Coil Overload Breaker Circuit Circuit
Starter* (size) Relay Transformer Transformer Primary Secondary
With Fuses (FU1) (FU2)
63802 200 15 63439 63296 (3) 61212 63561 63418 63666 63273 12697 63271
63803 230 15 63438 63281 (2) 60518 63560 63417 13608 13530 12691 13426
63805 460 15 63438 63281 (2) 60518 63560 63416 13608 13530 12691 13426
63806 575 15 63438 63281 (2) 60518 63560 63416 13609 13532 12691 13426
63807 200 30 63441 63297 (4) 61213 63562 63567 63669 63276 12695 63130
63808 230 30 63439 63296 (3) 61212 63561 63567 63666 63273 12697 63271
63810 460 30 63439 63296 (3) 61212 63561 63417 63668 63273 12692 63271
63811 575 30 63439 63296 (3) 61212 63561 63417 63667 63275 12694 63271
63812 200 40 63441 63297 (4) 61213 63562 63567 63669 63276 12695 63130
63813 230 40 63441 63297 (4) 61213 63562 63567 63669 63276 12695 63130
63815 460 40 63439 63296 (3) 61212 63561 63418 63668 63273 12692 63271
63816 575 40 63439 63296 (3) 61212 63561 63418 63667 63275 12694 63271

* Not for sale; part numbers included for reference only.

127
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)

46 1
45 48

47

49
50
51
14
52
53 45

16 29
15
19
18
17
0
25 5
0
75
10
0
30
12
5

20 5 15
0

32 33
15
6
5
22 3
21
7 11

18
4 11
8 40 34 31
21 23 10
9
3
21

12
25
41
42

44
35
43

13
26
25
27
24 2
28 37
38
35
39 36

128
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

— * Electrical Assembly, 1500, (includes items 1–13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 * Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 13408 Padlock, with chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 10625 Round Head Machine Screw, w/washer, 10-32 x 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 63737 Amplifier, (includes items 5–8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 13673 Adapter, fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 13671 Fuse, .630 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 13672 Fuse, .125 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 63755 Resistor, 22 kOhm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
9 63247 Butt Splice, (used in oil mist electrical assemblies only) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
10 63755 Resistor, 22 kOhm, (used in oil mist electrical assemblies only) . . . . . . . 2
11 12633 Rubber Washer, 3/16 x 5/8 x 1/8" thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 * Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 11593 Breather/Drain, 1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 * Enclosure, IEC, (includes items 15–53) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 21263 Start Button Assembly, (includes item 16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 12977 Protective Boot, flush head, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 12978 Name Plate, (I) start, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 12976 Stop Button Assembly, (includes item 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 12977 Protective Boot, flush head, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 12979 Name Plate, (O) stop , IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 12757 Pilot Light, IEC, (includes items 22 & 23) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 12758 Pilot Light Lens, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 12599 Bulb, pilot light, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 12747 Reset Button Assembly, IEC, (includes items 25–27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 12744 Reset Button, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 12748 Protective Cap, flush head, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 12745 Reset Extender, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 12746 Reset Insert with Holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 63219 Motor Load Indicator, 3-1/2" face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 21269 Control Circuit Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 21249 Operating Handle, NEMA type 4X . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 21251 Connecting Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 21250 Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism, S3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 63385 Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 * Contactor, (includes items 36 & 37) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
36 12755 Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact, N.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 12875 Coil, 110/120 volts, 50/60 hertz, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 12877 Mechanical Interlock for “CL” Contactor, (Y-D electrical ass'y only) . . . 1
39 12878 Pneumatic Timer, on delay, .1–30 sec., (Y-D electrical ass'y only). . . . . . 1
40 12870 Overload Base Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
41 ** Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
42 12871 Transparent Cover for Adjustment Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
43 *** Door Gasket, (fitting and adhesive required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
44 21270 Quarter Turn Latch Assembly, (Industrial Enclosures). . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
21271 Quarter Turn Latch Assembly, (Hoffman Enclosures) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
45 12751 End Anchor, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
46 12930 Modular Fuse Holder, 2 pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
47 12929 Transformer Fuse, 1.0 amp, (primary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
48 12763 Fuse Terminal, 5 x 20 mm, IEC, (includes item 49) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
49 12781 Transparent Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
50 21285 Transformer Fuse, 1.0 amp, (secondary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
51 12760 Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
52 12750 Earthing Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
53 12917 Earthing Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* See chart on page 131.


** See charts on pages 144–147.
*** Consult Urschel Laboratories.
Electrical assemblies also include safety switches and related parts; see pages 136 & 137.

(continued on page 131)

129
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)

CIRCUIT BREAKER

ACROSS THE LINE (A-L) STARTING


METHOD USES ONE CONTACTOR.

35 35

WYE-DELTA (Y-D) STARTING METHOD


USES THREE CONTACTORS PLUS
MECHANICAL INTERLOCK AND PNEU-
MATIC TIMER (SEE PAGE 128).

130
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)
(continued from page 129)
The following items refer to the parts list on page 129.

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

1 * Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

12 * Wiring Diagram, (see page 128 for location; also see pages 144–147) . . . . 1

14 * Enclosure, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

35 * Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *

* See chart below.

Electrical Starting Motor Item 1 Item 12 Item 14 Item 35


Assembly No. Volts Method H.P. Circuit Wiring Diagram Enclosure Contactor
Oil Mist Grease Breaker Oil Mist Grease & Qty.
Spindle Spindle Spindle Spindle
63977 63996 400 A-L 15 21303 64070 64072 63957 12874 (1)
63968 63987 400 Y-D 15 21302 64073 64074 63959 12874 (3)
63978 63997 400 A-L 30 21283 64070 64072 63958 12876 (1)
63969 63988 400 Y-D 30 21304 64073 64074 63959 12874 (3)
63979 63998 400 A-L 40 21305 64070 64072 63958 12876 (1)
63970 63989 400 Y-D 40 21283 64073 64074 63959 12874 (3)

131
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
— * Electrical Assembly, 1500, (includes items 1–60) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 * IEC Enclosure, (includes items 2–40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 12740 Start Button Assembly, (includes item 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 12748 Protective Cap, flush head, IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
The following pages 132–135 show electrical assemblies used
prior to those currently supplied on new machines. Repair parts
are available except as noted. See pages 128–131 for assem-
blies currently available.
23
20
21

56
56
57
1
22
3 18
6 2 4 19
29 16
60 25 5
0 17
59 0
75
10
0
12
23
5
58
5 15
0

43
9 48
8 43 30
54
2
48 49
24
5
55
2 50
5
47 28
40
27
8 10 51
26
8
52
45
43
53
12 41
42
25

35

32
31
33
34
46
13
12 37
38
11 14 35 44
15 39
36
132
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
4 12742 Name Plate, (I) start, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 12741 Stop Button Assembly, (includes item 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 12749 Protective Cap, extended head, IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 12743 Name Plate, (O) stop, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 12757 Pilot Light, IEC, (includes items 9–10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 12758 Pilot Light Lens, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 12599 Bulb, pilot light, IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 12747 Reset Button Assembly, IEC, (includes items 12–14) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 12744 Reset Button, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 12748 Protective Cap, flush head, IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 12745 Reset Extender, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 12746 Reset Insert with Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 12750 Earthing Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
17 12917 Earthing Terminal, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 12760 Terminal, IEC, (includes item 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
19 — Barrier, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 12764 Fuse Terminal, 6.3 x 32 mm, IEC, (includes item 22). . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
21 12763 Fuse Terminal, 5 x 20 mm, IEC, (includes item 22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 — Barrier and Spacer, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 12751 End Anchor, IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
24 * Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 63383 Operating Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 63384 Connecting Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 63382 Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 63385 Current Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 63219 Motor Load Indicator, 3-1/2" face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 13670 Control Circuit Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 12882 Door Gasket, (fitting and adhesive required) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 13596 Fastener for Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
33 13602 Nylon Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
34 13618 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
35 * Contactor, (includes items 36 & 37). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
36 12755 Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact, N.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 12875 Coil, 110/120 volts, 50/60 hertz, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 12877 Mechanical Interlock for “CL” Contactor, (Y-D electrical assembly only) 1
39 12878 Pneumatic Timer, on delay, .1–30 sec., (Y-D electrical assembly only) . 1
40 12870 Overload Base Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
41 *** Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
42 12781 Transparent Cover for Adjustment Dial. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
43 10625 Round Head Machine Screw, with washer, 10-32 x 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . 14
44 13408 Padlock, with chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
45 * Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
46 11593 Breather/Drain, 1/4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
47 63737 **Amplifier, (includes items 48–51) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
48 13673 Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
49 13671 Fuse, .630 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
50 13672 Fuse, .125 amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
51 63755 Resistor, 22 kOhm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
52 63247 Resistor, 22 kOhm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
53 63755 Butt Splice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
54 63747 Adapter Plate, for amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
55 12633 Rubber Washer, 3/16 x 5/8 x 1/8" thick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
56 13675 Transformer Fuse, .5 amp, (primary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
57 13674 Transformer Fuse, 1.25 amp, (secondary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
58 63663 Window Replacement Kit, (includes items 59 & 60). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
59 63867 Window Gasket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
60 — Window, (not sold separately) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
* See chart on page 135.
** A retrofit assembly (part no. 63756) is required to adapt 63737 amplifier to machines currently using 63068
amplifier. Consult Urschel Laboratories for further information.
*** See charts on page 148–151.
Electrical assemblies also include safety switches and related parts; see pages 136 & 137.
(continued on page 135)
133
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)

CIRCUIT BREAKER

ACROSS THE LINE (A-L) STARTING


METHOD USES ONE CONTACTOR.

24
35
35

WYE-DELTA (Y-D) STARTING METHOD


USES THREE CONTACTORS PLUS
MECHANICAL INTERLOCK AND PNEU-
MATIC TIMER (SEE PAGE 132).

134
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (CE compliant)
(continued from page 133)
The following items refer to the parts list on page 133.

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

24 ** Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

35 ** Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *

45 ** Wiring Diagram, (see page 132 for location; see also pages 148–151) . . . . 1
** See chart below.

Electrical Volts Starting Motor Item 1 Item 24 Item 35 Item 45


Assembly Method H.P. Enclosure* Circuit Contactor Wiring Diagram
Number* Breaker & Qty. Oil Mist Grease
Spindle Spindle

63857 400 A-L 15 63828 12848 12874 1 63858 63851


63854 400 Y-D 15 63830 12847 12874 3 63832 63846
63860 400 A-L 30 63829 12850 12876 1 63861 63852
63840 400 Y-D 30 63830 12849 12874 3 63838 63848
63863 400 A-L 40 63829 12869 12876 1 63864 63853
63855 400 Y-D 40 63830 12850 12874 3 63839 63850

* Not for sale; part numbers included for reference only.

135
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (Switches)
BRACKET FROM 5
12
FUNNEL HOPPER

10 12
BRACKET FROM
FEED ADAPTOR
2
22 3

9
9
SWITCH NO. 2
19
4

24 7

25

26

9
9
SWITCH NO. 1

6
1 3

5
11
35, 39 11

35, 39
SWITCH NO. 3
(GREASE SPINDLE
21
20 MACHINES ONLY)
23 14 32
36, 40, 43
37, 41, 44 31
33 32
38, 42, 45
13
30
28 17
29
18 34
27
15
16

136
PARTS
Electrical Assembly (Switches)
Oil mist spindle electrical assemblies include items 1-28; grease spindle electrical assemblies include items 1-28
plus additional items 29-34.
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.
1 63738 Sensor, 6' lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 63739 Sensor, 12' lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 63741 Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 63216 Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 63133 Alignment Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 12802 Spacer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 10336 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 7/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 10230 Hex Nut, 1/4-20, s.s., locking, thick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s, locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
10 10233 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1", s.s. (use with feed adapter bracket) . . 2
11 10348 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1-1/4", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 10351 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 7/8", s.s.(use with funnel hopper bracket) . 4
13 10045 Hex Head Cap Screw, 5/16-18 x 3/4", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
14 10306 Hex Nut, 5/16-18, s.s., locking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
15 11548 Cord Connector, 90 degree, .250/.375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
16 11609 Cord Connector, 90 degree, .250/.375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 11900 Seal Washer, 3/16" x 7/8" x 1-9/32" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 11611 Lock Nut, 1/2". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 11617 Conduit Connector, straight, 1-1/4" (NEMA assemblies). . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11619 Conduit Connector, straight, 1-1/2" (IEC assemblies) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 11618 Conduit Connector, 90 degree, 1-1/4" (NEMA assemblies) . . . . . . . . . . 1
11620 Conduit Connector, 90 degree, 1-1/2" (IEC assemblies) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 11622 Seal Washer, 3/16" x 1-7/8" x 2-3/8" (NEMA assemblies) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 11538 Reducing Bushing, 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" (NEMA assemblies) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 13424 Clip, chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 13465 Clip, cable Tie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
25 11513 Cable Tie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
26 11534 Cable Tie, small, 99 mm long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
27 11553 Hole Seal, 7/8" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

GREASE SPINDLE MACHINES CONTAIN THESE ADDITIONAL PARTS:


29 63738 Sensor, 6' lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 63741 Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 12802 Spacer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
33 10233 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
34 10232 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 5/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE NOT INCLUDED WITH THE ELECTRICAL ASSEMBLY. CHOOSE ONE FOR USE
AT THE POWER SOURCE ENTRY POINT.
35 11596 Conduit Hub, 2", (includes washer and lock nut) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 21374 Cord Connector Assembly, 90 degree, .75/.88, (includes items 36–38). . . . . . 1
36 11596 Conduit Hub, 2", (includes washer and lock nut) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 11541 Reducing Bushing, 1-1/4" x 2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 11627 Cord Connector, 90 degree, .750/.875 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 12883 Conduit Hub, 1-1/2", (includes washer and lock nut). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 21373 Cord Connector Assembly, 90 degree, .62/.75, (includes items 40–42). . . . . . 1
40 12883 Conduit Hub, 1-1/2", (includes washer and lock nut) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
41 11538 Reducing Bushing, 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
42 11627 Cord Connector, 90 degree, .750/.875 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 21375 Cord Connector Assembly, 90 degree, .88/1.0, (includes items 43–45). . . . . . 1
43 12883 Conduit Hub, 1-1/2", (includes washer and lock nut) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
44 11539 Reducing Bushing, 1" x 1-1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
45 11972 Cord Connector, 90 degree, .88/1.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

137
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 64069

DOOR

1L1

1T1
L
1
1M
1L2
IMPELLER
MOTOR
1T2
L
2
1M
1L3

1T3
L
3
1M OL1

FU1
2L1 2L2

X1
2

FU2
2

115 VOLTS 0 VOLTS


1

3 4 5 6

STOP START
3 1M

OL1

2 1
G
1 3 1M

L 1 L 2 R 1 R 2

R WB O R WB O R WB O R WB O R WB O R WB O

RED
GREEN

BLACK
WHITE
BELT GUARD

RED BLACK
FEED ADAPTER

WHITE GREEN

BLUE BROWN BLACK RED

PRESSURE LOW OIL


SWITCH SWITCH

PART # 64069

138
PARTS
Heater Elements, CT Windings, MCP Settings

HEATER ELEMENTS CURRENT Use this chart for electrical assemblies 64013, 64014,
FULL TRANSFORMER 64015, 64016, 64018, 64019, 64020, 64023 & 64024.
LOAD Size 2 Starter Size 3 Starter Windings (These assemblies use a Circuit Breaker.)
AMPS Part No. Description Part No. Description Primary Secondary

12 63358 W53 8 -1
13 63359 W54 7 -3
14 63360 W55 6 -4
15 63360 W55 6 -3
16 63361 W56 6 -1
17 63362 W57 5 -5
18 63363 W58 5 -3
19 63363 W58 5 -1 Use this chart for electrical assemblies 64017,
20 63364 W59 63364 W59 4 -6 64021 & 64022. These assemblies use a Motor
21 63365 W60 63364 W59 4 -5
Circuit Protector (MCP).
22 63365 W60 63365 W60 3 -9
23 63366 W61 63365 W60 3 -9 HEATER CURRENT MOTOR
24 63287 W62 63365 W60 3 -8 FULL ELEMENTS TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT
25 63287 W62 63365 W60 3 -8 LOAD Size 4 Starter Windings PROTECTOR
26 63365 W60 63365 W60 3 -7 AMPS Part No. Description Primary Secondary SETTING
27 63366 W61 63366 W61 3 -6 82 63372 W74 1 -5 600
28 63366 W61 63366 W61 3 -5 83 63372 W74 1 -5 600
29 63366 W61 63366 W61 3 -4 84 63372 W74 1 -5 600
30 63287 W62 63287 W62 3 -3 85 63372 W74 1 -4 600
31 63287 W62 63287 W62 3 -2 86 63372 W74 1 -4 600
32 63287 W62 63287 W62 3 -1 87 63372 W74 1 -4 600
33 63288 W63 63288 W63 3 0 88 63373 W75 1 -4 600
34 63288 W63 63288 W63 2 -9 89 63373 W75 1 -3 600
35 63288 W63 63288 W63 3 +1 90 63373 W75 1 -3 600
36 63289 W64 63289 W64 3 +2 91 63373 W75 1 -3 600
37 63289 W64 63289 W64 2 -8 92 63373 W75 1 -2 600
38 63289 W64 63289 W64 2 -7 93 63373 W75 1 -2 600
39 63290 W65 63290 W65 3 +5 94 63374 W76 1 -2 600
40 63290 W65 63290 W65 2 -6 95 63374 W76 1 -1 600
41 63290 W65 63290 W65 3 +7 96 63374 W76 1 -1 600
42 63291 W66 63291 W66 2 -5 97 63375 W77 1 -1 600
43 63291 W66 63291 W66 2 -4 98 63375 W77 1 -1 600
44 63291 W66 63291 W66 2 -4 99 63375 W77 1 0 600
45 63291 W66 2 -3 100 63375 W77 1 0 600
46 63292 W67 2 -2 101 63375 W77 1 0 1050
47 63292 W67 2 -2 102 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
48 63292 W67 2 -1 103 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
49 63292 W67 2 -1 104 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
50 63293 W68 2 0 105 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
51 63293 W68 2 0 106 63376 W78 1 +2 1050
52 63293 W68 2 +1 107 63376 W78 1 +2 1050
60 63368 W70 2 +6 108 63376 W78 1 +2 1050
61 63368 W70 2 +7 109 63376 W78 1 +3 1050
62 63369 W71 2 +7 110 63376 W78 1 +3 1050
63 63369 W71 2 +8 111 63377 W79 1 +3 1050
64 63369 W71 2 +8 112 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
65 63369 W71 2 +9 113 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
66 63370 W72 1 -10 114 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
67 63370 W72 1 -10 115 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
68 63370 W72 1 -10 116 63377 W79 1 +5 1050
69 63370 W72 1 -9 117 63378 W80 1 +5 1050
70 63371 W73 1 -9 118 63378 W80 1 +5 1050
71 63371 W73 1 -9 119 63378 W80 1 +6 1050
72 63371 W73 1 -8 120 63378 W80 1 +6 1050
73 63371 W73 1 -8
74 63372 W74 1 -8
75 63372 W74 1 -8
76 63372 W74 1 -7
77 63372 W74 1 -7
78 63373 W75 1 -7
79 63373 W75 1 -6
80 63373 W75 1 -6

139
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 64071

DOOR

1L1

1T1
L
1
1M
1L2 IMPELLER
MOTOR
1T2
L
2
1M
1L3

1T3
L
3
1M
OL1

FU1

2L1 2L2

X1 2

FU2 2

115 VOLTS 0 VOLTS


1

3 4 5 6

STOP START
3 1M

OL1

2 1
G
1 3 1M

L 1 L 2 R 1 R 2

R WB O R WB O R WB O R WB O R WB O R WB O

REAR COVER
FEED ADAPTER
BACK GUARD

PART # 64071

140
PARTS
Heater Elements, CT Windings, MCP Settings

HEATER ELEMENTS CURRENT Use this chart for electrical assemblies 64037, 64038,
FULL TRANSFORMER 64039, 64040, 64042, 64043, 64044, 64047 & 64048.
LOAD Size 2 Starter Size 3 Starter Windings (These assemblies use a circuit breaker.)
AMPS Part No. Description Part No. Description Primary Secondary

12 63358 W53 8 -1
13 63359 W54 7 -3
14 63360 W55 6 -4
15 63360 W55 6 -3
16 63361 W56 6 -1
17 63362 W57 5 -5
18 63363 W58 5 -3
19 63363 W58 5 -1
20 63364 W59 63364 W59 4 -6 Use this chart for electrical assemblies 64041,
21 63365 W60 63364 W59 4 -5 64045 & 64046. These assemblies use a Motor
22 63365 W60 63365 W60 3 -9 Circuit Protector (MCP).
23 63366 W61 63365 W60 3 -9
HEATER CURRENT MOTOR
24 63287 W62 63365 W60 3 -8 FULL ELEMENTS TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT
25 63287 W62 63365 W60 3 -8 LOAD Size 4 Starter Windings PROTECTOR
26 63365 W60 63365 W60 3 -7 AMPS Part No. Description Primary Secondary SETTING
27 63366 W61 63366 W61 3 -6
28 63366 W61 63366 W61 3 -5 80 63371 W73 1 -6 600
29 63366 W61 63366 W61 3 -4 81 63371 W73 1 -6 600
30 63287 W62 63287 W62 3 -3 82 63372 W74 1 -5 600
31 63287 W62 63287 W62 3 -2 83 63372 W74 1 -5 600
32 63287 W62 63287 W62 3 -1 84 63372 W74 1 -5 600
33 63288 W63 63288 W63 3 0 85 63372 W74 1 -4 600
34 63288 W63 63288 W63 2 -9 86 63372 W74 1 -4 600
35 63288 W63 63288 W63 3 +1 87 63372 W74 1 -4 600
36 63289 W64 63289 W64 3 +2 88 63373 W75 1 -4 600
37 63289 W64 63289 W64 2 -8 89 63373 W75 1 -3 600
38 63289 W64 63289 W64 2 -7 90 63373 W75 1 -3 600
39 63290 W65 63290 W65 3 +5 91 63373 W75 1 -3 600
40 63290 W65 63290 W65 2 -6 92 63373 W75 1 -2 600
41 63290 W65 63290 W65 3 +7 93 63373 W75 1 -2 600
42 63291 W66 63291 W66 2 -5 94 63374 W76 1 -2 600
43 63291 W66 63291 W66 2 -4 95 63374 W76 1 -1 600
44 63291 W66 63291 W66 2 -4 96 63374 W76 1 -1 600
45 63291 W66 2 -3 97 63375 W77 1 -1 600
46 63292 W67 2 -2 98 63375 W77 1 -1 600
47 63292 W67 2 -2 99 63375 W77 1 0 600
48 63292 W67 2 -1 100 63375 W77 1 0 600
49 63292 W67 2 -1 101 63375 W77 1 0 1050
50 63293 W68 2 0 102 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
51 63293 W68 2 0 103 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
52 63293 W68 2 +1 104 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
60 63368 W70 2 +6 105 63375 W77 1 +1 1050
61 63368 W70 2 +7 106 63376 W78 1 +2 1050
62 63369 W71 2 +7 107 63376 W78 1 +2 1050
63 63369 W71 2 +8 108 63376 W78 1 +2 1050
64 63369 W71 2 +8 109 63376 W78 1 +3 1050
65 63369 W71 2 +9 110 63376 W78 1 +3 1050
66 63370 W72 1 -10 111 63377 W79 1 +3 1050
67 63370 W72 1 -10 112 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
68 63370 W72 1 -10 113 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
69 63370 W72 1 -9 114 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
70 63371 W73 1 -9 115 63377 W79 1 +4 1050
71 63371 W73 1 -9 116 63377 W79 1 +5 1050
72 63371 W73 1 -8 117 63378 W80 1 +5 1050
73 63371 W73 1 -8 118 63378 W80 1 +5 1050
74 63372 W74 1 -8 119 63378 W80 1 +6 1050
75 63372 W74 1 -8 120 63378 W80 1 +6 1050
76 63372 W74 1 -7
77 63372 W74 1 -7
78 63373 W75 1 -7
79 63373 W75 1 -6
80 63373 W75 1 -6

141
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 63759

1 2
L1 L2 L3
1
3

START
L 1 L 2 R 1 R 2
1 2 3 AMPLIFIER
RWB O RWBO R W B O RW B O RW B O RW B O
4

STOP
2

G SENSOR AND
115 V. 0 VOLTS LUBRICATOR
12 VDC
6 3
2
2
1
5 2
5 T1 T2 T3

3 IMPELLER
MOTOR

PRESSURE LOW OIL


SWITCH SWITCH

L3 T3

IMPELLER
MOTOR
L2 T2

L1 T1

115 VOLTS 0 VOLTS


2
1 L1 L2 2

STOP START
3

R1 R2
3 6 2

5
4

For heater elements, see chart on page 139.

PRESSURE LOW OIL


SWITCH SWITCH

63759

142
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 63760

1 2
L1 L2 L3
1
3

START
L 1 L 2 R 1 R 2
1 2 3 AMPLIFIER
RW B O R W B O RW B O RW B O R W B O R W B O
4

STOP
2

G
SENSOR
115 V. 0 VOLTS
12 VDC
6 2
3
2
1
5 2
5 T1 T2 T3

3 IMPELLER
MOTOR

L3 T3

IMPELLER
MOTOR
L2 T2

L1 T1

115 VOLTS 0 VOLTS


2
1 L1 L2 2

STOP START
3

R1 R2
3 6 2

5
4

For heater elements, see chart on page 141.


63760

143
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 64070

QF * A.
FU1 100 VA FU2
1L1 1.00 A 3L1 X1 1.00 A 110 V 3
L1
1L2 1.00 A 3L2 2 1
L2 0V (0)
1L3 SB1
L3 2 1 3

1L1 1L2 1L3


(1)
PE L1 L2 R1 R2 KM1
SB2
KM1
AMPLIFIER 5
2L1 2L2 2L3
1 2 3 4 5 6

DOOR FR1
RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO
FR1

6
1T1 1T2 1T3

SENSORS
12 V
FEED ADAPTER HL1
KM1
BELT GUARD
kW G
M1 **
3
50/60 Hz
3000/3600 REV/MIN

Electrical
Note:
Assembly * Amp ** kW
63977 50 11 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63978 100 22 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63979 125 30 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE

FULL CT WIND FULL CT WIND FULL CT WIND


OVERLOAD OVERLOAD OVERLOAD
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12832 5 -3 33 12835 3 0 52 12837 2 +1


19 12833 5 -2 34 12835 3 +1 53 12837 2 +2
20 12833 5 0 35 12835 3 +1 54 12838 2 +2
21 12833 4 -5 36 12835 3 +2 55 12838 2 +3
22 12833 4 -4 37 12835 3 +3 56 12838 2 +4
23 12833 4 -2 38 12835 3 +4 57 12838 2 +4
24 12833 4 -1 39 12835 3 +5 58 12838 2 +5
25 12834 4 0 40 12835 3 +6 59 12838 2 +5
26 12834 3 -7 41 12835 3 +7 60 12838 2 +6
27 12834 3 -6 42 12837 3 +8 61 12838 2 +7
28 12834 3 -5 43 12837 3 +9 62 12838 2 +7
44 12837 3 +10 63 12838 2 +8
63977
45 12837 2 -3 64 12838 2 +8
46 12837 2 -2 65 12838 2 +9
47 12837 2 -2 63979
48 12837 2 -1
49 12837 2 -1
50 12837 2 0
51 12837 2 0
52 12837 2 +1
63978

144
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 64072

QF * A.
FU1 100 VA FU2
1L1 1.00 A 3L1 X1 110 V 3
1.00 A
L1
1L2 1.00 A 3L2 2 1
L2 0V (0)
1L3 SB1
L3 2 1 3

1L1 1L2 1L3


(1)
PE L1 L2 R1 R2 KM1
SB2
KM1
AMPLIFIER 5
2L1 2L2 2L3
1 2 3 4 5 6

DOOR FR1
RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO
FR1

6
1T1 1T2 1T3

SENSORS
12 V REAR COVER
HL1
FEED ADAPTER KM1
G
M1 ** kW BELT GUARD
3
50/60 Hz
3000/3600 REV/MIN

Electrical
Note:
Assembly * Amp ** kW
63996 50 11 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63997 100 22 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63998 125 30 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE

FULL FULL FULL


OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12832 5 -3 33 12835 3 0 52 12837 2 +1


19 12833 5 -2 34 12835 3 +1 53 12837 2 +2
20 12833 5 0 35 12835 3 +1 54 12838 2 +2
21 12833 4 -5 36 12835 3 +2 55 12838 2 +3
22 12833 4 -4 37 12835 3 +3 56 12838 2 +4
23 12833 4 -2 38 12835 3 +4 57 12838 2 +4
24 12833 4 -1 39 12835 3 +5 58 12838 2 +5
25 12834 4 0 40 12835 3 +6 59 12838 2 +5
26 12834 3 -7 41 12835 3 +7 60 12838 2 +6
27 12834 3 -6 42 12837 3 +8 61 12838 2 +7
28 12834 3 -5 43 12837 3 +9 62 12838 2 +7
44 12837 3 +10 63 12838 2 +8
63996
45 12837 2 -3 64 12838 2 +8
46 12837 2 -2 65 12838 2 +9
47 12837 2 -2 63998
48 12837 2 -1
49 12837 2 -1
50 12837 2 0
51 12837 2 0
52 12837 2 +1
63997

145
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 64073

QF A
* FU1 100 VA FU2
1L1 1.00 A 3L1 X1 1.00 A 110 V 3
L1
1L2 2 1
L2 1.00 A 3L2 SB1 (0)
0V
1L3 4
L3 2 1 3

SB2 (1) KM1


PE
L1 L2 R1 R2 Y 8
5 8
AMPLIFIER T.O. T.C.
1L1 1L2 1L3 55 67
1 2 3 4 5 6
DOOR
KM1 RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO KM1 6 95 68
56 10
FR1
1 96 1
2L1 2L2 2L3
Y
SENSORS 2 9 2
FR1 7 11
12 V HL1
FEED ADAPTER Y KM1
1T1 1T2 1T3

BELT GUARD G

M1
1T5

1T6
kW
**
3 1T4

50/60 Hz
3000/3600 REV/MIN Y

Electrical
Note:
Assembly * Amp ** kW
63968 40 11 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63969 70 22 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63970 100 30 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE

FULL FULL FULL


OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12831 5 -3 33 12833 3 0 52 12834 2 +1


19 12831 5 -2 34 12833 3 +1 53 12834 2 +2
20 12831 5 0 35 12833 3 +1 54 12834 2 +2
21 12831 4 -5 36 12833 3 +2 55 12834 3 +3
22 12831 4 -4 37 12833 3 +3 56 12835 2 +4
23 12831 4 -2 38 12833 3 +4 57 12835 2 +4
24 12831 4 -1 39 12833 3 +5 58 12835 2 +5
25 12832 4 0 40 12833 3 +6 59 12835 2 +5
26 12832 3 -7 41 12833 3 +7 60 12835 2 +6
27 12832 3 -6 42 12833 3 +8 61 12835 2 +7
28 12832 3 -5 43 12833 3 +9 62 12835 2 +7
44 12834 3 +10 63 12835 2 +8
63968
45 12834 2 -3 64 12835 2 +8
46 12834 2 -2 65 12835 2 +9
47 12834 2 -2 63970
48 12834 2 -1
63969

146
PARTS
Wiring Diagram 64074

QF
* A
FU1 100 VA FU2
1L1 1.00 A 3L1 X1 1.00 A 110 V 3
L1
1L2 3L2 2 1
L2 1.00 A SB1 (0)
0V
1L3 4
L3 2 1 3

SB2 (1) KM1


PE
L1 L2 R1 R2 Y 8
5 8
AMPLIFIER T.O. T.C.
1L1 1L2 1L3 55 67
1 2 3 4 5 6
DOOR
KM1 RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO KM1 6 95 68
56 10
FR1
1 96 1
2L1 2L2 2L3
Y
SENSORS 2 9 2
FR1 REAR COVER 7 11
12 V HL1

1T1 1T2 1T3 FEED ADAPTER Y KM1

G
BELT GUARD

M1
1T5
1T6
kW
**
3 1T4

50/60 Hz
3000/3600 REV/MIN Y

Electrical
Note:
Assembly * Amp ** kW
63987 40 11 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63988 70 22 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63989 100 30 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE

FULL FULL FULL


OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12831 5 -3 33 12833 3 0 52 12834 2 +1


19 12831 5 -2 34 12833 3 +1 53 12834 2 +2
20 12831 5 0 35 12833 3 +1 54 12834 2 +2
21 12831 4 -5 36 12833 3 +2 55 12834 3 +3
22 12831 4 -4 37 12833 3 +3 56 12835 2 +4
23 12831 4 -2 38 12833 3 +4 57 12835 2 +4
24 12831 4 -1 39 12833 3 +5 58 12835 2 +5
25 12832 4 0 40 12833 3 +6 59 12835 2 +5
26 12832 3 -7 41 12833 3 +7 60 12835 2 +6
27 12832 3 -6 42 12833 3 +8 61 12835 2 +7
28 12832 3 -5 43 12833 3 +9 62 12835 2 +7
44 12834 3 +10 63 12835 2 +8
63987
45 12834 2 -3 64 12835 2 +8
46 12834 2 -2 65 12835 2 +9
47 12834 2 -2 63989
48 12834 2 -1
63988

147
PARTS
Wiring Diagrams 63858, 63861 & 63864

QF * A.
FU2 80 VA FU4
1L1 4L1 X1 3
.5 A 1.25 A 110 V
L1
1L2 .5 A 4L2 2 1
L2 0V (0)
1L3 FU3 SB1
L3 2 1 3

1L1 1L2 1L3


(1)
PE L1 L2 R1 R2 KM1
SB2
KM1
AMPLIFIER 5
2L1 2L2 2L3
1 2 3 4 5 6

DOOR FR1
RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO
FR1

6
1T1 1T2 1T3

SENSORS
12 V FEED ADAPTER
HL1
BELT GUARD KM1

kW G
M1 **
3
3000 REV/MIN

Electrical Wiring
Note:
Assembly Diagram * Amp ** kW
63857 63858 50 11.2 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63860 63861 100 22.4 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63863 63864 125 29.8 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE

FULL FULL FULL


OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12832 5 -3 33 12835 3 0 52 12837 2 +1


19 12833 5 -2 34 12835 3 +1 53 12837 2 +2
20 12833 5 0 35 12835 3 +1 54 12838 2 +2
21 12833 4 -5 36 12835 3 +2 55 12838 2 +3
22 12833 4 -4 37 12835 3 +3 56 12838 2 +4
23 12833 4 -2 38 12835 3 +4 57 12838 2 +4
24 12833 4 -1 39 12835 3 +5 58 12838 2 +5
25 12834 4 0 40 12835 3 +6 59 12838 2 +5
26 12834 3 -7 41 12835 3 +7 60 12838 2 +6
27 12834 3 -6 42 12837 3 +8 61 12838 2 +7
28 12834 3 -5 43 12837 3 +9 62 12838 2 +7
44 12837 3 +10 63 12838 2 +8
63858
45 12837 2 -3 64 12838 2 +8
46 12837 2 -2 65 12838 2 +9
47 12837 2 -2 63864
48 12837 2 -1
49 12837 2 -1
50 12837 2 0
51 12837 2 0
52 12837 2 +1
63861

148
PARTS
Wiring Diagrams 63851, 63852 & 63853

QF * A.
FU2 80 VA FU4
1L1 .5 A 4L1 X1 1.25 A 110 V 3
L1
1L2 .5 A 4L2 2 1
L2 0V (0)
1L3 FU3 SB1
L3 2 1 3

1L1 1L2 1L3


(1)
PE L1 L2 R1 R2 KM1
SB2
KM1
AMPLIFIER 5
2L1 2L2 2L3
1 2 3 4 5 6
95
DOOR FR1
RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO
FR1
96
6
1T1 1T2 1T3

SENSORS
12 V REAR COVER
HL1
FEED ADAPTER KM1
G
M1 ** kW BELT GUARD
3
3000 REV/MIN 2

Electrical Wiring
Note:
Assembly Diagram * Amp ** kW
63857 63851 50 11.2 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63860 63852 100 22.4 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63863 63853 125 29.8 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE

FULL FULL FULL


OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12832 5 -3 33 12835 3 0 52 12837 2 +1


19 12833 5 -2 34 12835 3 +1 53 12837 2 +2
20 12833 5 0 35 12835 3 +1 54 12838 2 +2
21 12833 4 -5 36 12835 3 +2 55 12838 3 +3
22 12833 4 -4 37 12835 3 +3 56 12838 2 +4
23 12833 4 -2 38 12835 3 +4 57 12838 2 +4
24 12833 4 -1 39 12835 3 +5 58 12838 2 +5
25 12834 4 0 40 12835 3 +6 59 12838 2 +5
26 12834 3 -7 41 12835 3 +7 60 12838 2 +6
27 12834 3 -6 42 12837 3 +8 61 12838 2 +7
28 12834 3 -5 43 12837 3 +9 62 12838 2 +7
44 12837 3 +10 63 12838 2 +8
63851
45 12837 2 -3 64 12839 2 +8
46 12837 2 -2 65 12839 2 +9
47 12837 2 -2 63853
48 12837 2 -1
63852

149
PARTS
Wiring Diagrams 63832, 63838 & 63839

QF A
* FU2 80 VA FU4
1L1 .5 A 4L1 X1 1.25 A 110 V 3
L1
1
L2
1L2 .5 A 4L2 2 SB1 (0)
0V
L3 1L3 FU3 4
2 1 3

SB2 (1) KM1


PE
L1 L2 R1 R2 Y 8
5 8
AMPLIFIER T.O. T.C.
1L1 1L2 1L3 55 67
1 2 3 4 5 6
DOOR
KM1 RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO KM1 6 95 68
56 10
FR1
1 96 1
2L1 2L2 2L3
Y
SENSORS 2 9 2
FR1 7 11
12 V FEED ADAPTER HL1

1T1 1T2 1T3 Y KM1


BELT GUARD
G

M1
1T5
1T6
kW
**
3 1T4

3000 REV/MIN
Y

Electrical Wiring
Note:
Assembly Diagram * Amp ** kW
63854 63832 40 11.2 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63840 63838 63 22.4 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE
63855 63839 100 29.8 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, OIL MIST SPINDLE

FULL FULL FULL


OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12831 5 -3 33 12833 3 0 52 12834 2 +1


19 12831 5 -2 34 12833 3 +1 53 12834 2 +2
20 12831 5 0 35 12833 3 +1 54 12834 2 +2
21 12831 4 -5 36 12833 3 +2 55 12834 3 +3
22 12831 4 -4 37 12833 3 +3 56 12835 2 +4
23 12831 4 -2 38 12833 3 +4 57 12835 2 +4
24 12831 4 -1 39 12833 3 +5 58 12835 2 +5
25 12832 4 0 40 12833 3 +6 59 12835 2 +5
26 12832 3 -7 41 12833 3 +7 60 12835 2 +6
27 12832 3 -6 42 12833 3 +8 61 12835 2 +7
28 12832 3 -5 43 12833 3 +9 62 12835 2 +7
44 12834 3 +10 63 12835 2 +8
63832
45 12834 2 -3 64 12835 2 +8
46 12834 2 -2 65 12835 2 +9
47 12834 2 -2 63839
48 12834 2 -1
63838

150
PARTS
Wiring Diagrams 63846, 63848 & 63850

QF
* A
FU2 80 VA FU4
1L1 .5 A 4L1 X1 1.25 A 110 V 3
L1
2 1
L2
1L2 .5 A 4L2 SB1 (0)
0V
L3 1L3 FU3 4
2 1 3

SB2 (1) KM1


PE
L1 L2 R1 R2 Y 8
5 8
AMPLIFIER T.O. T.C.
1L1 1L2 1L3 55 67
1 2 3 4 5 6
DOOR
KM1 RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO RW BO KM1 6 95 68
56 10
FR1
1 96 1
2L1 2L2 2L3
Y
SENSORS 2 9 2
FR1 REAR COVER 7 11
12 V HL1
FEED ADAPTER Y KM1
1T1 1T2 1T3
G
BELT GUARD

M1
1T5
1T6
kW
**
3 1T4

3000 REV/MIN
Y

Electrical Wiring
Note:
Assembly Diagram * Amp ** kW
63854 63846 40 11.2 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 15 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63840 63848 63 22.4 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 30 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE
63855 63850 100 29.8 kW FOR 380-415 VOLTS, 40 H.P., 3 PHASE, GREASE SPINDLE

FULL FULL FULL


OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND OVERLOAD CT WIND
LOAD LOAD LOAD
AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC AMPS RELAY PRI SEC

18 12831 5 -3 33 12833 3 0 52 12834 2 +1


19 12831 5 -2 34 12833 3 +1 53 12834 2 +2
20 12831 5 0 35 12833 3 +1 54 12834 2 +2
21 12831 4 -5 36 12833 3 +2 55 12834 3 +3
22 12831 4 -4 37 12833 3 +3 56 12835 2 +4
23 12831 4 -2 38 12833 3 +4 57 12835 2 +4
24 12831 4 -1 39 12833 3 +5 58 12835 2 +5
25 12832 4 0 40 12833 3 +6 59 12835 2 +5
26 12832 3 -7 41 12833 3 +7 60 12835 2 +6
27 12832 3 -6 42 12833 3 +8 61 12835 2 +7
28 12832 3 -5 43 12833 3 +9 62 12835 2 +7
44 12834 3 +10 63 12835 2 +8
63846
45 12834 2 -3 64 12835 2 +8
46 12834 2 -2 65 12835 2 +9
47 12834 2 -2 63850
48 12834 2 -1
63848

151
PARTS
Safety Signs and Machine Labels

1
DANGER
DO NOT PUT HANDS INTO FEED OPENING.

PELIGRO
NO PONER LA MANO DENTRO DE LA
11662 ABERTURA DE ALIMENTACION.

2
DANGER
DO NOT PUT HANDS INTO OR UNDER
DISCHARGE CHUTE.
1

2
7
PELIGRO
NO PONER LA MANO DENTRO O BAJO
4 11663 EL CONDUCTO DE DESCARGA.

3
3 DANGER
MACHINE IS UNGUARDED.
REPLACE GUARD OR COVER.

PELIGRO
LA MAQUINA ESTA SIN PROTECCION.
VOLVER A COLOCAR EL PROTECTOR
11665
O CUBIERTA.

4
CAUTION
MACHINE CONTAINS ROTATING PARTS SUCH AS SHARP KNIVES, PULLEYS, BELTS OR GEARS.
NEVER RUN MACHINE WITH ANY GUARD OR COVER REMOVED, EVEN FOR CLEANING.
TURN THE MACHINE OFF, DISCONNECT AND LOCK OUT POWER SOURCE BEFORE
ATTEMPTING TO SERVICE OR REMOVE OBSTRUCTION.
RUNNING MACHINE WITH ANY GUARD OR COVER REMOVED MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY
OR AMPUTATION.
READ AND UNDERSTAND INSTRUCTION MANUAL.

PRECAUCION
LA MAQUINA CONTIENE PIEZAS GIRATORIAS TALES COMO CUCHILLAS AFILADAS, POLEAS,
CORREAS O ENGRANAJES.
NUNCA HACER FUNCIONAR LA MAQUINA CON CUALQUIERA DE LOS PROTECTORES O
CUBIERTAS RETIRADOS, INCLUSO PARA LIMPIARLA.
APAGAR LA MAQUINA, DESCONECTAR Y BLOQUEAR EL SUMINISTRO ELECTRICO ANTES DE
INTENTAR HACER UNA REPARACION O QUITAR UNA OBSTRUCCION.
SE CORRE EL RIESGO DE SUFRIR GRAVES LESIONES O AMPUTACION SI SE HACE FUNCIONAR
LA MAQUINA CON CUALQUIERA DE LOS PROTECTORES O CUBIERTAS FUERA DE SU LUGAR.
LEER Y ENTENDER EL MANUAL DE INSTRUCCIONES.
11666

6
5
5 DANGER
MUST BE OPENED AND SERVICED BY

6 1 QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN ONLY. INSTALL


TO MEET APPLICABLE CODES.

PELIGRO
2 DEBE SER ABIERTO Y REPARADO POR UN

11667
ELECTRICISTA CALIFICADO SOLAMENTE.
INSTALAR DE ACUERDO A LOS CODIGOS
CORRESPONDIENTES.
XXX VOLTS ~xxxxx

152
PARTS
Safety Signs and Machine Labels

1 2 3 4 5
ENGLISH 11662 11663 11665 11666 11667

CHINESE (Ch) 11724 11725 11727 11723 11728

CZECHOSLOVAKIAN (Cz) 11868 11869 11871 11872 11873

DANISH (Da) 11793 11794 11796 11797 11798

DUTCH (Du) 11716 11717 11719 11720 11721

FINNISH (Fi) 11758 11759 11761 11762 11763

FRENCH (F) 11674 11675 11677 11678 11679

GERMAN (Ge) 11681 11682 11684 11685 11686

GREEK (Gr) 11737 11738 11740 11741 11742

HUNGARIAN (Hu) 11772 11773 11775 11776 11777

INDONESIAN (In) 11751 11752 11754 11755 11756

ITALIAN (It) 11702 11703 11705 11706 11707

JAPANESE (J) 11688 11689 11691 11692 11693

POLISH (Pol) 11730 11731 11733 11734 11735

PORTUGUESE (Po) 11695 11696 11698 11699 11700

RUSSIAN (Ru) 11744 11745 11747 11748 11749

SERBO-CROATION (Sb) 11109 11110 11112 11108 11854

SPANISH (Sp) 11662 11663 11665 11666 11667

SWEDISH (Sw) 11709 11710 11712 11713 11714

THAI (Th) 11946 11947 11949 11950 11951

TURKISH (Tu) 11765 11766 11768 11769 11770

QUANTITY 2 2 1 1 1

ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.


6 12714 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 200 volts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
12715 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 208 volts
12716 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 220 volts
12717 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 230 volts
12718 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 240 volts
12719 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 380 volts
12720 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 400 volts
12721 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 415 volts
12722 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 440 volts
12723 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 460 volts
12724 Hazard Alert Label, electrical, 575 volts
7 11326 Urschel Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

* One Hazard Alert Label supplied with the machine.

153
PARTS
Optional Parts, Fittings

6
4

5
2 3

13
10

7 14
11

12
9 15

154
PARTS
Optional Parts, Fittings
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

MATING FITTINGS FOR THREADED FEED ADAPTERS


1 62864 Ferrule, 2" plain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 62865 Hex Union Nut, 2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 62470 Ferrule, 3" plain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 62357 Hex Union Nut, 3" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 63724 Ferrule, 4" plain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 62628 Hex Union Nut, 4" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

MATING FITTINGS FOR TRI-CLAMP FEED ADAPTERS


7 62581 Fitting, 2" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 71412 Clamp, 2" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 71414 Gasket, 2" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 63622 Fitting, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 71411 Clamp, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 71413 Gasket, 3" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 63723 Fitting, 4" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 71639 Clamp, 4" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 71638 Gasket, 4" Tri-Clamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

NOTE: see Feed Assemblies, pages 88–103, for mating feed adapters and cutting enclosures.

155
PARTS
Optional Parts

10

3
8

11 11
12

12
6
12

13
DRILL AND TAP
TWO HOLES 1/4-20
4

MOTOR
1.75"
BASE TOP
9.38"

14
4.00"

156
PARTS
Optional Parts
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION QTY.

USE THE FOLLOWING ASSEMBLY TO INSTALL A SAFETY SWITCH ON THE FEED HOPPER ON MACHINES
NOT ORIGINALLY SO EQUIPPED.

— 63476 Hopper Grid Assembly, with 63690 feed hopper, (includes items 1 & 3–14) 1
1 63450 Hopper Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
— 63692 Conical Hopper Assembly, with 63690 feed hopper, (includes items 2–14) . 1
2 63691 Conical Feed Hopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 63689 Funnel Hopper with Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

4 63216 Sensor Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


5 63133 Alignment Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 63741 Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 63738 Sensor, 6’ lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 13465 Clip, cable tie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
9 11548 Cord Connector, 90 degree, 7/32" (punch 7/8" diameter hole in bottom of
starter enclosure, 2" from existing holes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 10316 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 1/2" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
11 10351 Hex Head Cap Screw, 10-24 x 7/8", s.s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 10231 Hex Nut, 10-24, s.s., locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
13 10336 Hex Head Cap Screw, 1/4-20 x 7/8", s.s.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
14 10230 Hex Nut, 1/4-20, s.s., locking, thick. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

157
PARTS
Dimensional Drawing

12.67
20.00 6.63 (322mm)
(508mm) (168mm)

20.50
(521mm)
DIMENSION A: VARIES WITH HORSEPOWER
AND MOTOR MANUFACTURER (CONSULT
URSCHEL LABORATORIES)

26.63 6.06
(676mm) (154mm)

CLEARANCE REQUIRED NOTE: GREASE SPINDLE VERSION


TO SERVICE BRAKE OF COMITROL 1500 WILL NOT
HAVE OIL MIST LUBRICATOR
5.00
(127mm)
MICROCUT HEAD
ENCLOSURE
MOTOR
FEED TUBE W/ BRAKE
NEMA TYPE 4 4.50 O.D.
STAINLESS STEEL (114mm)
ELECTRICAL 4.33 I.D.
ENCLOSURE (110mm)

63646, OIL MIST


LUBRICATOR
A ASSEMBLY
3.22
25.00 (82mm)
(635mm)
53.44 9.94
(1358mm) (252mm)

39.76
(1010mm)

43.35
(1101mm) 8.38 26.75 23.25
(213mm) (679mm) (591mm)

20.50 35.38
(520mm) (899mm)
32.92
(836mm) 48.94
(1243mm)
62087 FLOOR
STAND ASSEMBLY 17/32 (13.5mm) DIA.
MOUNTING HOLES,
4 PLACES

158
159
LABORATORIES INCORPORATED
Designers and manufacturers of
precision size reduction equipment.

U.S.A. 2503 Calumet Avenue


P.O. Box 2200
Valparaiso, IN 46384-2200
Tel: 219-464-4811
Fax: 219-462-3879
e-mail: info@urschel.com
web site: http: //www.urschel.com

With subsidiaries and sales offices in principal cities worldwide.

1908 MAY 04
(s.s. 1483 JAN 93)

You might also like